NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S Block Elements Very Short Answer Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S Block Elements Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Explain why sodium carbonate is used in fire extinguishers.
Answer: In fire extinguishers, Na2CO3 is used as it reacts with dil. H2SO4 to produce CO2

Question 2. Why docs sodium hydrogen carbonate called baking soda?
Answer: NaHCO3 is an important ingredient in baking powder. Thus, it is also called baking soda.

Question 3. Name a bivalent element whose oxide is soluble in excess NaOH solution.
Answer:  Beryllium; BeO + 2NaOH→ Na2BeO2 + H2O

Question 4. Which of the alkali metals exhibits abnormal behavior?
Answer: Lithium

S-Block Elements Very Short Answer Questions Class 11

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

Question 5. Which alkali metal is most abundant in the earth’s crust?
Answer: Sodium (Na)

Question 6. What type of crystal lattice is formed by the alkali metals?
Answer:  Alkali metals form a body-centered cubic lattice

Question 7. Name an alkali metal that is used in Lassaigne’s test for the detection of nitrogen, sulfur, and halogen in the organic compounds.
Answer: Sodium

Question 8. Write the general electronic configuration of group-2 elements.
Answer: Electronic configuration: [Inert gas] ns²

Question 9. Which element of group 2 shows abnormal behavior?
Answer: Beryllium (Be) shows abnormal behavior

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S-Block Elements Very Short Answer Questions

Question 10. Why CaF2 is considered the most important fluoride salt among all the fluoride salts of alkaline earth metals?
Answer:  CaF2 is the most important source for the preparation of fluorine

Question 11. Which out of LIF of Lil is more covalent?
Answer:  Lil is more covalent.

Question 12. Which alkali metal carbonate easily liberates CO2 on heating?
Answer: Li2CO3 easily liberates CO2 on heating.

Question 13. Which alkali metal chloride imparts violet color to the bunsen burner flame?
Answer: Potassium chloride (KCl)

Question 14. Which alkali metal hydride is used as a source of hydrogen for filling up meteorological balloons?
Answer: Lithium hydride (LiH).

Question 15. Name the products formed in the following reaction. Explain Lil + KF→? + ?
Answer: LiF and KI. The larger K+ ion stabilizes the larger I ion while the smaller Li+ ion stabilizes the smaller F- ion.

Question 16.  What is water glass?
Answer: Sodium silicate (NaOSiO3).

Question 17. Which alkali metal combines with nitrogen to form the corresponding nitride?
Answer: Lithium (Li).

Question 13. What are the raw materials used for the manufacture of sodium carbonate by the Solvay process?
Answer: The raw materials are NaCl, CaCO and NH3.

Question 18. Which out of the Na2CO3 solution & NaHCO3 solution, changes the color of phenolphthalein into pink?
Answer: Na2CO3 solution.

Question 19. What is the main ingredient of baking powder?
Answer: Sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3).

Question 20. Which compound is used to treat the flue gases from coal and oil-fired power stations and to remove SO2 and H2SO4 responsible for acid rain?
Answer: Na2CO3.

Question 21. What are the ingredients of the fusion mixture that is used in dry tests in inorganic analysis?
Answer: K2CO3 and Na2CO3

Question 22. Which alkaline earth metal is the most abundant in the earth’s crust?
Answer: Calcium (Ca).

Question 23. Which alkaline earth metal is radioactive?
Answer: Radium (Ra).

Very Short Answer Questions for Class 11 Chemistry S-Block Elements

Question 24. Name the metal of group-2 which is used to prepare Grignard reagent.
Answer: Magnesium (Mg).

Question 25. Name the element of group 2 that resembles lithium in characteristics.
Answer: Magnesium (Mg).

Question 26. Which alkaline earth metals do not impart any color to the flame of a Bunsen burner?
Answer: Be anil Mg.

Question 27. Name an alkaline earth metal compound that can be used as a portable source of hydrogen.
Answer: Calcium hydride (CaH2).

Question 28. Which Gr-2 metal forms covalent compounds?
Answer: Beryllium (Be).

Question 29. Which Gr-2 metal burns readily when exposed to air?
Answer: Barium (B a).

Question 30. Which alkaline earth metal reacts with alkali to form hydrogen gas?
Answer: Beryllium (Be).

Question 31. What is the composition of the alloy, electron?
Answer: 95% of Mg+ and 5% of Zn.

S-Block Elements Class 11 Very Short Answer Questions

Question 32. Which reagent is used to analyze Ca2+ and Mg2+ ions quantitatively?
Answer: EDTA (Ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid).

Question 33. What is the medicinal name of the aqueous solution of Mg(OH)2?
Answer: Milk of magnesia.

Question 34. What is anhydrous?
Answer: Magnesium perchlorate, Mg(ClO4)2 is known as anhydrous.

S-Block Elements Chapter 10 Short Answer Solutions Class 11

Question 35. How will you distinguish between BeSO4 & BaSO4?
Answer: BeSO4 is water soluble but BaSO4 is insoluble in water.

Question 36. Which out of MgCO3, SrCO3, and BaCO4, possesses the highest thermal stability?
Answer: BaCO4 has the highest thermal stability.

Question 37. Distinguish between Be(OH)2 and Ba(OH)2
Answer: Be(OH)2 is soluble in caustic soda solution while Ba(OH)2 is insoluble in it.

Question 38. Why is BeCl2 soluble in organic solvents?
Answer: BeCl2 is covalent.

Question 39. Which Gr-2 metal carbonate is unstable in the air?
Answer: BeCO3.

Question 40. Which alkaline earth metal sulfate is useful in diagnosing stomach ulcers by X-ray?
Answer: BaSO4 (in ‘barium meal’ X-ray).

Question 41. BeO is covalent but still, it has a much higher melting point— mention the reason.
Answer: This is due to its polymeric structure.

Question 42. What is the difference between lime water and milk of lime?
Answer: Mg²+

Question 43. Write a reaction by which BeCl2 can be prepared.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S Block Elements Elements Reaction With BeCl

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry S-Block Elements VSAQ Solutions

Question 44. What is the composition of soda lime used for the preparation of hydrocarbons in the laboratory?
Answer: NaOH and CEO
.
Question 45. ED Name two acidic oxides which react similarly with calcium hydroxide [Ca(OH)2].
Answer: CO2 and SO2.

Question 46. Which alkaline earth metal oxide is used as a flux in metallurgy to remove siliceous impurities?
Answer: Calcium oxide (CaO)

Question 47. What is the commercial name of the disinfectant powder obtained when Cl2 reacts with slightly moist slaked lime at 40°C?
Answer: Bleaching powder.

Question 48. What is Plaster of Paris?
Answer: Hemihydrate of calcium sulphate, (CaSO4)2-H2O is called Plaster of Paris.

Question 49. What type of impurities in gypsum should be avoided in preparing Plaster of Paris from it?
Answer: Carbonaceous impurities are to be avoided.

Question 50. Why KNO3 is used instead of NaNO3 in gunpowder?
Answer: NaNO3 is deliquescent. Hence, KNO3 is preferred over NaNO3 for the preparation of gunpowder.

Question 51. What do you mean by ‘black ash
Answer: A mixture of sodium carbonate (Na2CO3) and calcium sulfide (CaS) is called black

Question 52. What happens when magnesium is heated with | acetylene at 875K?
Answer: Magnesium on heating with acetylene at 875K forms magnesium carbide (Mg3C2)

Question 53. Write the composition of gunpowder.
Answer: Gunpowder is an explosive mixture containing KNO3 along with charcoal and sulfur

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S-Block Elements Short Answer Questions

Question 54. Why is Na2S2O3 used in photography?
Answer: In photography, Na2S2O3 is used to dissolve the unexposed AgBr.

Question 55. The affinity of sodium towards water is used in drying benzene. Explain.
Answer: Sodium does not react with benzene. Hence it can be used effectively for drying benzene.

Question 56.  Name a pair of elements that exhibits a diagonal relationship.
Answer:  Lithium (Li) and magnesium (Mg) CO2

Question 57. Name an alkaline earth metal.
Answer: Calcium (ca)

Question 58. Write the balanced equation for the reaction when water is added to calcium carbide.
Answer: CaC2 + 2M2O →MC=CH + Ca(OH)2

Question 59. Which alkali metal ion has the highest polarising power?
Answer: Li+

Question 60. What are the common oxidation states exhibited by group-1 and group-2- 2 metals respectively?
Answer: +2 And +1 respectively

Question 61. Name the alkali metals which form superoxides when heated with excess oxygen.
Answer: K, Rb, and cs

Question 62. Which one is the lightest and which one is the heaviest of all the metals?
Answer: Lithium (Li) and Osmium(os) respectively

Question 63. What is the composition of the white powder obtained when metallic magnesium is burnt in the air?
Answer: A mixture of MgO and Mg3N2

Question 64. Name two metals of group 2 which do not impart any color to the flame.
Answer: Mg and Be

Question 65. Which alkali metal cannot be stored in kerosene?
Answer: Li

Question 66. Which alkali metal is used as a scavenger in metallurgy to remove O2 and N2 gases?
Answer: Li

Question 67. Which Gr-2 metal carbide reacts with water to produce methane?
Answer: Be2 C

S-Block Elements Chapter 10 NCERT Very Short Answer Questions

Question 68. In an aqueous solution, which alkali metal ion has the lowest mobility?
Answer: Li+

Question 69. Which is the most abundant alkaline earth metal in the earth’s crust?
Answer: Calcium

Question 70. Name one group-2 metal.
Answer: Chlorophyll

Question 71. Which alkali metal ion forms a stable complex with 18- crown-6
Answer: Potassium(K)

Question 72. Which alkaline earth metal is largely used as a lightweight construction metal?
Answer: Mg

Question 73. Which alkaline earth metal forms an organometallic compound known as Grignard reagent?
Answer: Mg

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S-Block Elements VSAQ

Question 74. Which alkali and alkaline earth metals are radioactive?
Answer: Fr and Ra

Question 75.  The salts of which alkali metals are commonly hydrated?
Answer: Li

Question 76. Which alkali metal acts as the strongest reducing agent in aqueous solution?
Answer: Li

Question 77. Which is the least stable alkali metal carbonate?
Answer: Li2CO3

Question 78. What is baryta water?
Answer: Ba(OH 2 solution

Question 79. Which alkaline earth metal hydroxide is most soluble in water?
Answer: Ba(OH)2

Question 80. Which alkaline earth metal imparts crimson color to flame?
Answer: Srcl2

Question 81. BeO is covalent and still has high melting points — why?
Answer: It is polymeric

Question 82. What is anhydrous?
Answer: Magnesium perchlorate Mg(ClO4)2

Question 83. Which alkaline earth metal carbonate can be kept only in an atmosphere of CO2?
Answer: BeCO3

Question 84. Which alkaline earth metal chloride is used as a desiccant in the laboratory?
Answer: CaCl2

Very Short Answer Solutions for S-Block Elements Class 11 Chemistry

Question 85. The basic strength of which alkali metal hydroxide is the highest?
Answer: CsOH

Question 86. Which alkaline earth metal hydroxide is amphoteric?
Answer: Be(OH)2

Question 87. How will you distinguish between Ba(OH)2 and Be(OH)2?
Answer: Be(OH)2 dissolves in alkali but Ba(OH)2 does not

Question 88. What are the raw materials used for the manufacture of washing soda by the Solvay process?
Answer: NaCl, CaCO3 and NH3

Question 89. What is soda ash?
Answer: . Anhydrous Na2CO3

Question 90. Which alkaline earth metal hydroxide and alkali metal carbonate are used for softening hard water?
Answer: Ca(OH)2 and Na2CO3;

Question 91. What is the formula of Plaster of Paris?
Answer: 2CaSO4 .H2O

Question 92. What is dead burnt plaster?
Answer: Anhydrous CaSO4;

Question 93. Which alkaline earth metal carbonate is used as an ingredient of chewing gum?
Answer: CaCO3

Question 94. What is a fusion mixture?
Answer: A mixture of Na2CO3 and K2CO3

Question 95. What is the most abundant source of sodium chloride?
Answer: Seawater

Question 96. For which of its chief properties is Plaster of Pariswide used?
Answer: On mixing with water, it forms a plastic mass which sets into a hard mass within 5 to 15 minutes;

Question 97. What is used for making blackboard chalks?
Answer: CaCO3

Question 98. Which compound is generally used for the detection of CO2 in the laboratory?
Answer: Lime water [Ca(OH)2]

Question 99. What is the diagonal relationship? Give one example
Answer:

See ‘General Discussion on s -block elements

Very Short Answer Questions for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S-Block Elements

Question 100. Which of the alkaline earth metal hydroxides are amphotericin in nature?
Answer:

Beryllium hydroxide [Be(OH)2] is amphoteric in nature

Class 11 Chemistry S-Block Elements VSAQ

Question 101. What is hydrolysis?
Answer:

Calcium hydride [CaH2] is known as hydrolytic

Question 102. Find out the oxidation state of sodium in Na2O2.
Answer:

Let the oxidation state of Na be x. The oxidation state of oxygen in the peroxides is -1

2x + 2(-1) = 0; 2x = 2,x= +1.

Question 103. Which two alkaline earth metals cannot be identified by flame test?
Answer:

Beryllium (Be) and magnesium (Mg) cannot be identified by flame test

Question 104. Magnesium occurs in nature largely as MgCO3but beryllium never occurs as BeCO3. Explain.
Answer:

The strong polarising power of Be2+ ion makes BeCO3 unstable;

Question 105. Out of Na and Mg which one has a higher second ionization enthalpy? Why?
Answer:

The second ionization enthalpy of Na is higher than that of Mg;

Question 106. The chloride of a metal is soluble in an organic solvent. The chloride can be CaCl2, NaCl, MgCl2, BeCl2
Answer: BeCl2

Question 107. Why does common salt become wet in the rainy season?
Answer:

Due to the absorption of aerial moisture by deliquescent impurities like MgCl2, CaCl2, etc;

S-Block Elements Chapter 10 Very Short Answer Q&A Class 11

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S Block Elements Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. _____________ has no d-orbital in its valence shell.
Answer: Lithium

Question 2. _____________ reacts with nitrogen to give nitrides.
Answer: Lithium

Question 3. _____________ imparts a golden-yellow color to the flame.
Answer: Sodium

Question 4. Potassium, in reaction with dioxygen, produces _____________
Answer: KO2

Question 5. The outermost electronic configuration of the radioactive alkali metal is _____________
Answer: 7s¹

Question 6. The bicarbonate salt_____________ of does not exist in solid state.
Answer: Lithium

Chapter 10 S-Block Elements VSAQ Class 11 NCERT Solutions

Question 7. Ionic conductance of Li+ ion in aqueous solution is lowest _____________ is highest
Answer: Hydration

Question 8. _____________ion has maximum polarising power
Answer: Li+

Question 9. _____________ is the most abundant alkali metal in Earth’s
Answer: Sodium

Question 10. The basicity of the alkali metal hydroxides _____________ down the group.
Answer: Increases

Question 11._____________ is used as a source of oxygen in submarines, space shuttles, and oxygen masks.
Answer: KO2

Question 12. The alkali metals combine with mercury to give_____________
Answer: Amalgams

Question 13. The alkali metals exist as_____________ lattices having cordination number 8.
Answer: Body Center cubic

Question 14. Lil _____________ is more soluble than KI in ethanol.
Answer: More

Question 15. K2CO3 cannot be produced by the Solvay process because _____________ does not get precipitated in the aqueous solution.
Answer: KHCO3

Question 16. _____________ and _____________ do not respond to flame test.
Answer: Be,  Mg

Question 17. _____________ ion exhibits maximum does not respond tendency to complexes.
Answer: Be2+

Question 18. Only _____________ can displace hydrogen from dilute HNO3
Answer: Mg

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S-Block Elements VSAQ

Question 19. Common salt gets wet due to the presence of _____________ as impurity.
Answer: MgCl2

Question 20. Hydration enthalpy of Mg2+ is _____________ Ca2+. as than that of
Answer: Greater

Question 21. Hydrolysis of calcium carbide produces _____________
Answer: Acetylene

Question 22. The commercial name of _____________is hydrolith
Answer: CaH2,

Question 23. BeCO3 is stable only in an atmosphere of _____________
Answer: CO2

NCERT Class 11 S-Block Elements Short Answer Questions

Question 24. Lime water is a transparent aqueous solution of _____________
Answer: Ca(OH)2

Question 25. The second ionization enthalpy of the alkaline earth metals is _____________ than their first ionization enthalpy.
Answer: Greater

Question 26. _____________ is used to prepare Grignard reagents
Answer: Greater

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 10 S-Block Elements VSAQ

Question 27. The melting point of the alkaline earth metals is _____________ than that of alkali metals
Answer: Mg

Question 28. Between Ca and Na, _____________ is used to dehydrate alcohols
Answer: Ca

Question 29. Among the alkaline earth metals, _____________ is abundant in the earth’s crust.
Answer: Ca

Question 30. Temperature of the mixture of _____________  -54°C. Is most and ice is about
Answer: CaCl2+

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Which of the following metals has the largest abundance in the earth’s crust

  1. Aluminium
  2. Magnesium
  3. Calcium
  4. Sodium

Answer: 1. Aluminium

Question 2. For BCl3, AlCl3 and GaCl3 the increasing order of ionic character is

  1. BCl3 < AlCl3< GaCl3
  2. GaCl3 < AlCl3 < BCl3
  3. BCl3< GaCl3< AlCl3
  4. AlCl3 < BCl3 < GaCl3

Answer: 3.  BCl3< GaCl3< AlCl3

The ionic character of a compound depends on the polarising power of the cation present in it. The more the polarising power of the cation, the less the ionic character of the compound containing the cation. The polarising power of the cations B+3, Al+3 and Ga+3 is Al+3 < Ga+3 < B+3. Hence, the increasing order of ionic character will be BCl3 < GaCl3< AlCl3

Question 3. In borax, the number of B- O- B link and B- OH bonds present are respectively

  1. Five and four
  2. Four and five
  3. Three and four
  4. Five and five

Answer: 1. Five and four

Some P-Block Elements Class 11 Multiple Choice Questions

Question 4. In diborane, the number of electrons that account for bonding in the bridges is

  1. Six
  2. Two
  3. Eight
  4. Four

Answer: 4. Four

Two bridging bonds are present in diborane. In the bridges, each H-atom is bonded to two B-atoms by sharing of only one pair of electrons i.e., 3c-2e bonds. Thus, the total number ofelectrons for two bridges is four.

Question 5. The main reason that SiCl4 is easily hydrolysed as compared to CCl4 is that

  1. SiCl bond is weaker than C — Cl bond
  2. SiCl4 can form hydrogen bonds
  3. SiCl4 is covalent
  4. Si can extend its coordination number beyond four

Answer: 4. Si can extend its coordination number beyond four

In SiCl4 , Si has a vacant d -orbital. Therefore, it can expand its coordination through coordinate bonding to get hydrolysed

Question 6. Which ofthe following ions cannot be formed by boron

  1. BF3-6
  2. BH4
  3. B(OH)4
  4. BO2

Answer: 1. BF3-6

Boron cannot expand its covalency beyond four due to the unavailability of π-orbitals. Thus it cannot form BF3-6.

Question 7. Which of the following exists as covalent crystals in the solid state

  1. Phosphorus
  2. Iodine
  3. Silicon
  4. Sulphuric

Answer: 3. Silicon

Silicon exists as covalent crystals in a solid state

Question 8. Which of the following are Lewis acids

  1. PH6 and SiCl4
  2. BCl3 and AlCl3
  3. PH3 and BC
  4. AlCl3 and SiCl4

Answer: 2. BCl3 and AlCl3

Both BCl3 and AlCl3 have incomplete octets around the central atom. Thus they can act as Lewis acids.

Question 9. Which of the following oxides is amphoteric

  1. SnO2
  2. CaO
  3. SiO2
  4. CO2

Answer: 1. SnO2

SnO2 reacts with both acids as well as with bases. Hence, it is an amphoteric oxide

SnO2 + 4HCl→SnCl2+ 2H2O

SnO2 + 2NaOH→Na2SnO3+ H2O

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 P-Block MCQs

Question 10. Which of the following statements is incorrect—

  1. Pure sodium dissolves in liquid ammonia to give a blue solution
  2. NaOH reacts with glass to give sodium silicate
  3. Aluminium reacts with excess NaOH to give Al(OH)3
  4. NaHCO3 on heating gives Na2CO3

Answer: 3. Aluminium reacts with excess NaOH to give Al(OH)3

Aluminium reacts with NaOH to form sodium metaaluminate (NaAlO2).

Question 11. Name the two types ofthe structure of silicate in which one oxygen atom of [SiO4]4- is shared

  1. Linear chain silicate
  2. Sheet silicate
  3. Borosilicate
  4. Three-dimensional

Answer: 3.  Pyrosilicate

Question 12. Which of these is least likely to act as a Lewis base

  1. BF3
  2. PF
  3. CO
  4. F

Answer: 1. BF3

BF3 is a Lewis acid

Question 13. Which ofthe following is electron-deficient

  1. (BH3)2
  2. PH3c
  3. (CH3)2
  4. (SiH3)2

Answer: 1. (BH3)2

Boron hydrides are electron-deficient compounds

Question 14. Number of carbon atoms per unit cell of diamond unit cell

  1. 1
  2. 4
  3. 8
  4. 6

Answer: 2. 4

Diamond exists as a face-centred cubic unit cell. Thus, at the centre of each face one atom is present i.e., ½ × 6 = 3 atoms. Also, ½ × 8 = 1 atom is present at the comers. Hence, the total no. of atoms per unit cell = 3 +1 = 4 atoms.

Question 15. . Which of these is not a monomer for a high molecular mass silicone polymer 

  1. PhSiCl3
  2. MeSiCl3
  3. Me2SiCl2
  4. Me3SiCl

Answer: 4. Me3SiCl

Polymerisation involves the repeating of monomeric units. If Me3 SiCl units are joined, then a dimer is formed rather than a polymer.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Terminal End Of The Polymer

P-Block Elements MCQs Class 11 Chemistry

Question 16. Which ofthe following structures is similar to graphite

  1. B2H6
  2. BN
  3. B
  4. B4C

Answer: 2. BN

Question 17. The basic structural unit of silicate is

  1. SiO2-4
  2. SiO
  3. SiO4-4
  4. SiO2-3

Answer: 3.SiO4-4

Question 18. The stability of the +1 oxidation state among Al, Ga, In and Tl increases in the sequence

  1. Ga<In<Al<Tl
  2. Al < Ga < In < Tl
  3. Tl < In < Ga < A1
  4. In <T1 < Ga < Al

Answer: 2. Al < Ga < In < Tl

Question 19. AlF3 is soluble In HF only In the presence of HF. It is due to the formation of

  1. K3(AlF6)
  2. AlH3
  3. K3(AlF3H)
  4. K3(AlF3H3)

Answer: 1. K3(AlF6)

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Coordination Number

The maximum coordination number shown by AF63- is 6 and thus it can form A1F|- ion.

Question 20. Boric acid is an acid because its molecule

  1. Gives up a proton
  2. Accepts OH from water releasing a proton
  3. Combines with a proton from the water molecule
  4. Contains replaceable H -ion

Answer: 2. Accepts OH from water releasing a proton

H3BO3 is a Lewis acid and it takes up OH ion giving up H ion in the solution.

Question 21. It is because of the inability of ns² electrons of the valence shell to participate in bonding that

  1. Sn2+ is oxidising while Pb4+ is reducing
  2. Sn2+ and Pb4+ are both oxidising and reducing
  3. Sn4+ is reducing while Pb4+ is oxidising
  4. Sn2+ is reducing while Pb4+ is oxidising

Answer: 4.  Sn2+ is reducing while Pb4+ is oxidising

The inert pair effect increases down the group. Hence Sn2+ acts as a reducing agent whereas Pb4+ is an oxidising agent

Question 22. Which one of die following elements is unable to form MF63- ion

  1. In
  2. Ga
  3. B
  4. Al

Answer: 3.  B

Boron does not have any vacant orbital. Therefore it cannot expand its coordination more than 4. Thus it is unable to form a compound ofthe type MF63-

Question 23. The correct order of atomic radii in group 13 elements is

  1. B < Ga < Al < In < Tl
  2. B < Al < In < Ga < Tl
  3. B < Ga < Al < Tl < In
  4. B < Al < Ga < In < Tl

Answer: 1. B < Ga < Al < In < Tl

Due to the weak screening effect of d -d-orbital, the atomic radius of Ga is less than that of AI.

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P-Block Elements MCQs

Question 24. The wrong statement about fullerene is

  1. It has 5-membered carbon ring
  2. It has 6-membered carbon ring
  3. It has sp² hybridisation
  4. It has 5-membered rings more than 6-membered rings

Answer: 4. It has 5-membered rings more than 6-membered rings

Fullerene consists of 12 five-membered rings and 20 six-membered rings. So it has five-membered rings less than six-membered rings

Question 25. Iodine oxidises sodium borohydride to give

  1. B2H6
  2. Sodium hydride
  3. HI
  4. I3

Answer: 1. B2H6

The oxidation of sodium borohydride with iodine in diglyme gives diborane.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Diglyme

Question 26. Which material is used as a neutron moderator

  1. Graphite
  2. Boron
  3. Cadmium
  4. Uranium

Answer: 1. Graphite

Neutron moderators slow down the speed of neutrons by collisions. They do not absorb neutrons. For

Example:  Water and graphite

Question 27. For silicon which is not correct

  1. It is a type of silicate
  2. It is hydrophilic
  3. It is thermally unstable
  4. The repeating unit is R2SiO

Answer: 3. Silicon is hydrophobic

Question 28. Which ofthe following is not sp² -hybridised

  1. Graphite
  2. Graphene
  3. Fullerene
  4. Dry ice

Answer: 4. Dry ice

Solid CO2 is dry ice in which carbon atom undergoes sp -hybridization

Question 29. The pair of amphoteric hydroxides is

  1. Be(OH)2, Al(OH)3
  2. Al(OH)3,LiOH
  3. B(OH)3,Be(OH)2
  4. Be(OH)2, Mg(OH)2

Answer: 1. Be(OH)2, Al(OH)3

Al and Be show similar properties due to their diagonal relationship

Question 30. Which ofthe following reactions do not take place

BF3 + F→BF4…………..(1)

BF3 + 3F→BF43-…………..(2)

AlF3 + 3F→AlF3-6 ………….(3)

  1. Only 1
  2. Only 2
  3. Only 3
  4. Only 1 and 3

Answer: 2. Only 2

BF3 forms complex halides of the type BF4 in which the B atom has coordination number 4. It cannot extend its coordination number beyond 4 due to the unavailability of d -d-orbitals in its configuration. Hence, BFg ion (sp³d³ hybridisation) is not formed. On the other hand, AI can extend its coordination number beyond 4 due to the availability of d -d-orbitals in its configuration.

Question 31. Select the correct options from the following

  1. Graphene is an atomic layer of graphite.
  2. Graphene is an atomic layer composed of sp² – hybridised carbon.
  3. Chemical bonds in graphite are similar in strength to that of diamond.
  4. All of these.

Answer: 4. All of these.

Question 32. Among the following substituted silanes, the one which will give rise to cross-linked silicone polymer on hydrolysis is

  1. R3SiCl
  2. R3SiCl
  3. RSiCl3
  4. R3SiCl

Answer: 3. RSiCl3

Question 33. Hydride of boron occurs as B2H6 but B2C16 does not exist This is because

  1. pπ-dπ back bonding is possible in B2H6 but not in R2SiCl2
  2. Boron and hydrogen have almost equal values of electronegativity
  3. Boron and chlorine have almost equal atomic sizes
  4. Small hydrogen atoms can easily fit in between boron atoms but large chlorine atoms do not.

Answer: 1. pπ-dπ back bonding is possible in B2H6 but not in R2SiCl2

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Some P-Block Elements Multiple Choice Q&A

Question 34. Which of the given compounds does not react with dilute HC1 at high temperature

  1. SnSO4
  2. PbSO4
  3. BiOCl
  4. CdSO4

Answer: 2. PbSO4

PbSO4 belongs to group I so, it is insoluble in HCl. Acidity increases with the addition of ethylene glycol. It also exhibits a 3D arrangement due to hydrogen bonding.

Question 35. Boric acid is a weak acid, but in the presence of which ofthe following compounds, it behaves as a stronger acid

  1. Glycerol
  2. Acetic acid
  3. Ethanol
  4. Ethylene

Answer: 1. Glycerol

Question 36. The structure of diborane (B2H6) contains—

  1. Four 2c-2e bonds and four 3c-2e bonds
  2. Two 2c-2e bonds and two 3c-3e bonds
  3. Two 2c-2e bonds and four 3c-2e bonds
  4. Four 2c-2e bonds and two 3c-2e bonds

Answer: 4. Four 2c-2e bonds and two 3c-2e bonds

Question 37. Which of the following elements is used in high-temperature thermometry

  1. Al
  2. Ga
  3. Hg
  4. In

Answer: 2. Ga

Question 38. An important ingredient of Pyrex glass is—

  1. Zn
  2. Pb
  3. B
  4. Fe

Answer: 3. B

Question 39. Which ofthe following is the purest allotrope of carbon

  1. Diamond
  2. Fullerene
  3. Graphite
  4. Charcoal

Answer: 2. Fullerene

Question 40. The number of isomers possible for disubstituted borazine, B3N3H4X2 is-

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 5
  4. 6

Answer: 2. 4

Question 41. Pentaborane-9 (B5H9) is an example of

  1. Arachno-borane
  2. Pseudo-borane
  3. Nido-borane
  4. Close-borane

Answer: 1. Arachno-borane

Question 42. So when reacts with A forms B. A & B respectively are

  1. HF, H2SiF4
  2. HF, H2SiF6
  3. HCl, H2SiCl6
  4. HI, H2SiI6

Answer: 2. HF, H2SiF6

Question 43. Boric acid is a

  1. Monobasic and weak Lewis acid
  2. Monobasic and weak Bronsted acid
  3. Monobasic and strong Lewis acid
  4. Tribasic and weak Bronsted acid

Answer: 1. Monobasic and weak Lewis acid

Multiple Choice Questions Some P-Block Elements Class 11 NCERT

Question 44. Which ofthe following does not exist in a free state

  1. BF3
  2. BCl3
  3. BBr3
  4. BH3

Answer: 4. BH3

Question 45. The correct order of decreasing Lewis acid character is

  1. BCl3 > AlCl3> GaCl3 > InCl3
  2. AlCl3 > BCl3> InCl3> GaCl3
  3. AlCl3 > GaCl3> BCl3 > InCl3
  4. InCl3 > GaCl3 > AlCl3 > BCl3

Answer: 1. BCl3 > AlCl3> GaCl3 > InCl3

Question 46. Which of the following is present in the chain structure of silicate

  1. (Si2O2-5)n
  2. (Si2O2-3)n
  3. Si2O4-4
  4. Si2O6-7

Answer: 2. (Si2O2-3)n

Question 47. A metal, M forms chlorides in +2 and +4 oxidation states. Which ofthe following statements about these chlorides is correct

  1. MCl2 is more volatile than MCl4
  2. MCl2 is more ionic than MCl4
  3. MCl2 is more soluble in any. ethanol than MCl4
  4. MCl2 is more easily hydrolysed than MCl4

Answer: 2. MCl2 is more ionic than MCl4

Question 48. The number of O-atoms that are shared per Si04 tetrahedra in silicate anion of beryl is

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 3. 2

Question 49. Which of the following on hydrolysis produces crosslinked silicone polymer

  1. R4Si
  2. RSiCl3
  3. R2SiCl2
  4. R3SiCl

Answer: 2. RSiCl3

Question 50. The antidote of poisoning caused by CO is

  1. Carborundum
  2. Carbogen
  3. Carbonic acid
  4. Pure oxygen

Answer: 2. Carbogen

Question 51. Carbon suboxide in reaction with water produces

  1. Oxalic acid
  2. Formic acid
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Malonic acid

Answer: 4. Malonic acid

Question 52. The volume of which liquid metal increases on solidification

  1. Ga
  2. Al
  3. Zn
  4. Cu

Answer: 1. Ga

Question 53. Which ofthe following reacts only with alkali

  1. Question B2O3
  2. Al2O3
  3. Ga2O3
  4. ln2O3

Answer: 1. B2O3

Question 54. Which is the strongest Lewis acid

  1. BF3
  2. BCl3
  3. BBr3
  4. BI3

Answer: 4. BI3

Question 55. The atomic radius of Ga is slightly less than that of Al. The reason is

  1. Weaker shielding effect of s-electrons of Ga
  2. Stronger shielding effect of s -electrons of Ga
  3. Weaker shielding effect of d -electrons of Ga
  4. Stronger shielding effect of d -electrons of Ga

Answer: 3. Weaker shielding effect of d -electrons of Ga

Question 56. Carbon does not form complexes, because

  1. Vacant d -d-orbitals are absent in it
  2. It is not a metal
  3. Its atomic radius is small
  4. It is neutral

Answer: 1.  Vacant d -d-orbitals are absent in it

Question 57. Supercritical CO2 is used as

  1. Dry ice
  2. Fire extinguisher
  3. A solvent for the extraction of organic compounds from natural sources
  4. The inert solvent in various reactions

Answer: 3.  A solvent for the extraction of organic compounds from natural sources

Question 58. The stability of the +1 oxidation state increases in the sequence

  1. Al < Ga < In < Tl
  2. Tl<In<Ga<Al
  3. In < Tl < Ga < Al
  4. Ga<In<Al<Tl

Answer: 1. Al < Ga < In < Tl

Question 59. Which ofthe following is acidic

  1. B2O3
  2. Al2O33
  3. Ga2O3
  4. ln2O3

Answer: 1. B2O3

NCERT Class 11 P-Block Elements MCQs and Solutions

Question 60. The correct order of first ionisation enthalpy for Gr-13 elements is

  1. B > Al > Ga > In > Tl
  2. B < Al < Ga < In < Tl
  3. B < l> Ga < In > Tl
  4. B > Al < Ga > In < Tl

Answer: 4.  B > Al < Ga > In < Tl

Question 61. Which of the following elements is not likely to be the central atom in MF3-6

  1. B
  2. Al
  3. Ga
  4. In

Answer: 1. B

Question 62. The tendency of catenation in Gr-14 elements follows the order

  1. C > Si > Ge > Sn
  2. C>Si > Ge ≈ Sn
  3. Si > C > Sn > Ge
  4. Ge > Sn > Si > C

Answer: 2.  C>Si > Ge ≈Sn

Question 63. The repeating structural unit in silicone is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Repating Silicone

Answer: 2.

Question 64. Which of the following allotropic forms of carbon is isomorphous with crystalline silicon

  1. Graphite
  2. Coal
  3. Coke
  4. Diamond

Answer: 4. Diamond

Question 65. The shape and hybridisation of the B-atom of BH 4 is

  1. Pyramidal, sp³
  2. Octahedral, sp³ d²
  3. Tetrahedral, sp³
  4. None of these

Answer: 3.  Tetrahedral, sp³

Question 66. Germanium is transparent in—

  1. Visible light
  2. Infrared region
  3. Ultraviolet region
  4. Ultraviolet region

Answer: 2. Infrared region

Question 67. The chain length of silicone polymer can be controlled by adding

  1. MeSiCl
  2. Me2SiCl2
  3. Me3SiCl
  4. Me4Si

Answer: 3.  Me3SiCl

Question 68. Higher B—F (in BF3) bond dissociation energy as compared to that of C— F (in CF4 ) is due to

  1. Stronger cr-bond between B and F in BF3 as compared to that between C and F in CF4
  2. Significant pn-pn interaction between B and F in
  3. BF3 whereas there is no possibility of such interaction between C and F in CF4
  4. Lower degree of pn-pn interaction between B and F in BF3 than that between C and F in CF4 smaller size of B -atom as compared to that of C -atom

Answer: 2.  Significant pn-pn interaction between B and F in

Question 69. The reaction of diborane with ammonia initially gives

  1. B2H6.NH3
  2. B2H6-3NH3
  3. Borazol
  4. [BH2(NH3)2]+[BH4]

Answer: 4.  [BH2(NH3)2]+[BH4]

Question 70. 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Respective Colours X, y, Z and their respective colours are

  1. X = Cu(BO2)2 (blue) , Y = CuBO2 (colourless) , Z= Cu (red)
  2. 2. CuBO2(blue) , y =Cu(BO2)2 (colourless),Z = Cu (Black)
  3. X = Cu(BO2)2 (red) , Y = CuBO2 (blue) Z = (red)
  4. X = Cu (red) , Y = Cu(BO2)2 (blue) , Z = CuBO (colourless)

Answer: 1.  X = Cu(BO2)2 (blue) , Y = CuBO2 (colourless) , Z= Cu (red)

Some P-Block Elements NCERT MCQs Class 11

Question 71. The correct formula for borax is—

  1. Na2[B4O4OH)3].9H2O
  2. Na2[B4O5(OH)4].8H2O
  3. Na2[B4O6(OH)5].7H2O
  4. Na2[B4O7(OH)6]-6H2O

Answer: 2. Na2[B4O5(OH)4].8H2O

Question 72. Which ofthe following statements is correct

  1. Sn (2) and Pb (4) salts are used as oxidants
  2. Sn (2) and Pb (4) salts are used as reductants
  3. Sn (2) salts are used as oxidants and Pb (4) salts are used as reductants
  4. Sn (2) salts are used as reductants and Pb (4) salts are used as oxidants

Answer: 4. Sn (2) salts are used as reductants and Pb (4) salts are used as oxidants

Question 73. SiCl4 gets readily hydrolysed but CC14 does not, because

  1. Si can expand its octet but C does not
  2. The ionisation enthalpy of C is greater than that of Si
  3. C forms both double and triple bonds
  4. The electronegativity of C is greater than that of Si

Answer: 1.  Ionisation enthalpy of C is greater than that of Si

Question 74. PbCl4 exists but PbBr4 and Pbl4 do not, because

  1. Chlorine is a most electronegative element
  2. Bromine and iodine are larger
  3. Bromine and iodine cannot oxidise Pb to Pb4+
  4. Bromine & iodine are stronger oxidants than chlorine

Answer: 3. Bromine and iodine cannot oxidise Pb to Pb4+

Question 75. Which of the following resembles CO in terms of physical properties

  1. O2
  2. Cl2
  3. N2
  4. F2

Answer: 3. N2

Question 76. Which ofthe following statements is incorrect

  1. Most of the silicones are water repellents
  2. Silicones get dissociated at high temperature
  3. Silicones do not get oxidised in air at high temperature
  4. Silicones are good thermal and electrical insulators

Answer: 2. Silicones get dissociated at high temperature

Question 77. Wollastonite is a

  1. Three-dimensional silicate
  2. Chain silicate
  3. Sheet silicate
  4. Cyclic silicate

Answer: 4. Cyclic silicate

Question 78. B(OH)3 + NaOH ⇌  NaBO2 + Na[B(OH)4] + H2O; The above reaction be made to proceed in the forward direction by

  1. Addition of diol
  2. Addition of borax
  3. Addition of KHF2
  4. Addition ofNaHPO4

Answer: 1. Addition of diol

Question 79. Which ofthe following is correct

  1. Al(OH)3 is more acidic than B(OH)3
  2. B(OH)3 is basic but Al(OH)3 is amphoteric in nature
  3. B(OH)3 is acidic but Al(OH)3 is amphoteric in nature
  4. Both B(OH)3 and Al(OH)3 are amphoteric

Answer: 3.  B(OH)3 is acidic but Al(OH)3 is amphoteric in nature

Question 80. Which ofthe following is correct

  1. B2H6-2NH3 is known as inorganic benzene
  2. Boric acid is a protonic acid
  3. Be exhibits coordination number = 6
  4. BeCl3 and AlCl3 have bridged chlorine structures in the solid phase

Answer: 4.  BeCl3 and AlCl3 have bridged chlorine structures in the solid phase

Question 81. B cannot form B3+ ion, because

  1. Formation of B3+  ion requires a greater amount of energy and this cannot be obtained from lattice energy or hydration energy.
  2. B is a non-metal
  3. B do not possess any vacant d -orbitals
  4. B possess the highest melting point among its group members

Answer: 1. Formation of B3+  ion requires a greater amount of energy and this cannot be obtained from lattice energy or hydration energy

Question 82. Which of the following has the minimum heat of dissociation

  1. (CH3)3N :-→BF3
  2. (CH3)3N :-→B(CH3)2F3
  3. (CH3)3N :→B(CH3)3
  4. (CH3)3N :→B(CH3)F2

Answer: 3.  (CH3)3N :→B(CH3)3

Question 83. The correct statement concerning CO is

  1. It combines with H2O to give carbonic acid
  2. It reacts with haemoglobin
  3. It acts only as a reducing agent
  4. It cannot form adducts

Answer: 2. It reacts with haemoglobin

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry P-Block Elements Multiple Choice Questions

Question 84. Foamite mixture consists of

  1. Al(SO)3 + NaHCO
  2. Al2(SO4)3 + Na2CO3
  3. Fe2(SO4)3 + Na2CO3
  4. CuSO4 + NaHCO3

Answer: 1.  Al2(SO4)3 + Na2CO3

Question 85. In which of the following compounds, the 3c-2e bond is present

  1. AI2(CH3)6
  2. In (C6H5)3
  3. B2H6
  4. AlCl

Answer: 1 and 2

Question 86. Which ofthe following oxides do not get reduced by CO 

  1. ZnO
  2. Fe2O
  3. CaO
  4. Na2O

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 87. Which ofthe following is not isostructural with CO2 

  1. SnCl2
  2. HgCl2
  3. SCl2
  4. Znl2

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 88. C(OH4) is unstable but Si(OH)4 is stable. Possible reasons are

  1. C—O bond energy is low
  2. C—O bond energy is high
  3. Si—O bond energy is low
  4. Si

Answer: 1 and 4

Bond energy is high

Question 89. Which ofthe following statements are correct

  1. Fullerenes have dangling bonds
  2. Fullerenes are cage-like molecules
  3. Graphite is thermodynamically the most stable allotrope of carbon
  4. Graphite is the purest allotrope of carbon

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 90. Boron trifluoride (BF3) is

  1. An electron-deficient compound
  2. A Lewis acid
  3. An ionic compound
  4. Used as rocket fuel

Answer: 1 and 2

Question 91. Compounds which readily undergo hydrolysis are

  1. AlCl3
  2. CCl4
  3. SiCl4
  4. PbCl3

Answer: 1, 3 and 4

Question 92. Which of the following compounds undergo disproportionation in aqueous solution

  1. TlCl3
  2. GaCl
  3. InCl
  4. TlCl

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 93. Me3SiCl is used during polymerisation of organoisilicones because

  1. The chain length of organosilicon polymers can be controlled by adding Me3SiCl.
  2. Me3SiCl blocks the end terminal of the silicone polymer
  3. Me3SiCl improves the quality and yield of the polymer
  4. Me3SiCl acts as a catalyst during polymerisation

Answer: 1 and 2

Question 94. Which of the following acids, on dehydration, produce oxides of carbon

  1. Succinic acid
  2. Propanoic acid
  3. Malonic acid
  4. Formic acid

Answer: 3 and 4

Question 95. Which of the following are basic

  1. B2O3
  2. Tl2O
  3. ln2O3
  4. Al2O3

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 96. The linear shape of C02 is due to

  1. sp³ -hybridisation of C
  2. sp -hybridisation of C
  3. pπ-pπ bonding between C and O
  4. sp² -hybridisation of C

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 97. Which metallic salts exhibit the same colouration both in oxidising and reducing flame in the borax-bead test

  1. Fe
  2. Mn
  3. Co
  4. Cr

Answer: 3 and 4

Question 98. Which of the following two acidic substances react to give an alkaline solution

  1. H2B4O7
  2. H3BO3
  3. HF
  4. KHF2

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 99. Which of the following are the ingredients of baking powder

  1. NaOH
  2. Tartaric acid
  3. Formic acid
  4. Potassium hydrogen tartrate

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 100. Which ofthe following are sheet silicates

  1. Diopside
  2. Kaolinite
  3. Talc
  4. Beryl

Answer: 2 and 3

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 P-Block Elements MCQs

Question 101. Identify the correct resonating structures

  1. O -C ≡ O
  2. O= C=O
  3. O ≡ C-O+
  4. O – C≡O+

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 102. Which of the following species are not known

  1. [SiCl6]2-
  2. [CF6]2-
  3. [PbCl6]2-
  4. [SiF6]2-

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 103. Which of the following are correct concerning Gr-14 elements

  1. Stability of dihalides: CX2 > SiX2 > GeX2 > SnX2
  2. The tendency to form pn-pn multiple bonds increases down the group
  3. The tendency of catenation decreases down the group
  4. Each of them forms oxide ofthe type MO2

Answer: 2, 3 and 4

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Very Short Answer Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Name one ore of boron and give its formula.
Answer: Colemanite (Ca2B6O11-5H2O).

Question 2. What are the two isotopes present in natural boron?
Answer: (19.6%) and 1gB‘(80.4%).

Question 3. Which element of group 13 has the most stable +1 oxidation state?
Answer: Thallium (Tl) has the most stable +1 oxidation state because of its prominent inert pair effect.

Question 4. Which elements of Gr-13 form amphoteric hydroxide?
Answer: Al and Ga form amphoteric hydroxide

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

Question 5. Which element of group-13 forms only covalent compounds and why?
Answer:

Because of its small atomic size and high value of the sum of the first three ionisation enthalpies (ΔiH1 + ΔiH2 + ΔiH3), boron forms only covalent compounds.

Very Short Answer Questions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 P-Block Elements

Question 6. Give the general valence shell electronic configuration of group-13 elements. What is their common oxidation state?
Answer: ns²np¹; + 3 (where n = 2 to 6).

Question 7. Which one among group-13 elements has the highest value of ionisation enthalpy?
Answer: Boron.

Question 8. Which element of Gr-13 is the most abundant one?
Answer: Aluminium.

Question 9. Write one physical characteristic of boron in which it differs from the other members of group 13.
Answer: Boron is a non-metal, while other elements of group 13 are metals.

Question 10. Why boron compounds such as BF3 are called electron-deficient compounds?
Answer: Because the valence shell of B in BF3 has only six elections. Two more electrons are required to complete the octet.

Question 11. Which of the Gr-13 elements forms acidic oxide?
Answer: Boron forms acidic oxide.

Question 12. Arrange the following compounds in order of decreasing strength as Lewis acid: BCl3, BBr3, BF3
Answer:

BBr3 > BCl3 > BF3 .

Question 13. Which compound is responsible for the green-edged Oame in a test for borate ion?
Answer: Triethyl borate [B(OC2H5)3].

Question 14. Name the compound which on warming produces pure BF3
Answer: Benzenediazonium fluoroborate \(\left(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{N}}_2 \mathrm{BF}_4^{-}\right)\)

Question 15. Explain why BF| has no existence.
Answer: This is because boron cannot extend its valency to six due to the absence of vacant d -d-orbitals

Question 16. What type of cations are identified by the borax bead test
Answer: Cations that show colour are identified by the borax bead test

Example: CO-2+, Ni2+, etc

Question 17. What happens when the borax solution is acidified? sp³ -hybridised.
Answer: Boric acid is obtained when the borax solution is acidified (Na2B4O7 + 2HCl + 5H2O→2NaCl + 4H3BO3).

Question 18. How are the BO3-3 units in boric acid linked to give 12 icosahedral units, it is an extremely hard solid. Layered structure?
Answer:

BO3-3 units are linked through hydrogen bonding

Question 19. What is the shape of BO3-3ion?
Answer: Trigonal planar because the central B -atom is sp² – hybridised

Question 20. Which compounds are formed on heating boric acid?
Answer:  HBO2, H2B4O7 and B2O3 Using a balanced chemical equation show how B(OH)3 behaves as a monobasic acid in water.

Some P-Block Elements Chapter 11 Very Short Answer Solutions

Question 21. Using a balanced chemical equation show how B(OH)3 behaves as a monobasic acid in water.
Answer: B(OH)3 + H2O->[B(OH)4] +H+. As it produces one free H+ ion in solution, it behaves as a monobasic acid

Question 22. What are the forces involved between the layers of two-dimensional sheets of H3BO3?
Answer: Weak van der Waals forces

Question 23. What is the composition of the transparent glassy bead obtained on heating borax
Answer: (NaBO2+ B2O3)

Question 24. What is the structural unit present in all allotropic forms of boron?
Answer: B12 icosahedral units

Question 25. What type of bonds are
Answer: Purely covalent B — H bonds and three-centred two-electron (3c-2e) B…H…..B bridge bonds. present in B2Hg molecule?

Question 26. Explain why boron cannot form B3+ ions
Answer:

This is because of its very small atomic size and large sum ofthe first three ionisation enthalpies.

Question 27. Mention the states of hybridisation of boron in B2H6 and BF3
Answer:

In B2H6 , boron is sp³ -hybridised while in BF3 , boron is sp² -hybridised

Question 28. Crystalline boron is an extremely hard solid why?
Answer:

Because the dimensional network structure involves B12 icosahedral units, it is an extremely hard solid

Question 29. What are boranes?
Answer:

Stable covalent boron hydrides such as B2H6, B4H10, B5H9 etc. in analogy with alkanes are called boranes

Question 30. Two out of five members of the carbon family are distinctly metals
Answer: Sn and Pb are distinctly metals.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry P-Block Elements VSAQs

Question 31. Wlilch one out of catechol, resorcinol and quinol can be used to titrate boric acid against sodium hydroxide using methyl orange as the indicator.
Answer: Two  OH groups are present at adjacent ring carbons due to which it can form a stable complex with B(OH)4.

Question 32. Carbon forms covalent compounds but lead forms ionic compounds—Why?
Answer:

The ionisation enthalpy of carbon is much higher (1086 kJ-mol-1)whereas that of lead is much lower (715 kJ-mol-1). Because of this, carbon forms covalent compounds but lead forms ionic compounds.

Question 33. Which element of the carbon family has no d-orbital in Its valence shell?
Answer:

Carbon has no d -d-orbital in its valence shell.

Question 34. Among the group-14 elements which is the most electronegative one?
Answer: Carbon is the most electronegative one.

Question 35. Which member of the carbon family has the lowest melting point?
Answer: Tin has the lowest melting point.

Question 36. Out of diamond & graphite which is a good conductors of electricity and which is a good conductor of heat
Answer:

Graphite is a good conductor of electricity, while diamond is a good conductor of heat.

Question 37. Which member of the carbon family has the highest value of first ionisation enthalpy?
Answer: The first ionisation enthalpy value of carbon is the highest.

Question 38. Which member of the carbon family has the maximum tendency to exhibit catenation property?
Answer: Carbon has a maximum tendency to exhibit catenation.

Question 39. What are the structural units of ice and dry ice?
Answer: H2O and CO2 respectively

Question 40. Among the group-14 elements which one exhibits pπ-pπ multiple bond
Answer:  Carbon exhibits pπ-pπ multiple bonds.

Question 41. What is the basic building unit of all silicates?
Answer:  SiO44- is the basic building unit of all silicates.

Question 42. What happens when cone. H2SO4 is dropped on sugar?
Answer: Sugar charcoal is formed.’

Question 43. What is buckminsterfullerene?
Answer: The C6O fullerene is known as buckminsterfullerene.

Question 44. What is the state of hybridisation of carbon in
Answer:

  1. sp²
  2. sp²
  3. sp.

Question 45. Which allotrope of C is used as a moderator in atomic reactors and as a solid lubricant for heavy machinery?
Answer: Graphite

Question 46. Mention the oxides of C which are the anhydrides of carbonic acid and formic acid respectively.’
Answer: CO2 is the anhydride of carbonic acid, while CO is the anhydride of formic acid.

Question 47. Name the gases which are present in producer gas
Answer: Carbon monoxide and nitrogen

Question 48. Out of CO and CO2 which acts as a ligand and can form a coordinate bond with certain metals why?
Answer:

Due to the presence of a lone pair of electrons on carbon, CO acts as a ligand and forms a coordinate bond with certain metals

Chapter 11 P-Block Elements VSAQs Class 11 Chemistry

Question 49. What is the state of hybridisation of carbon in each of the following:

  1. Diamond
  2. Graphite
  3. Fullerene

Answer:

  1. sp³
  2. sp²
  3. sp

Question 50. What is carborundum?
Answer: Silicon carbide (SiC) is called carborundum.

Question 51. Give an example of a reaction where CO2  acts as an oxidising agent
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Reaction Acts On Oxidising Agent

Question 52. What are zeolites?
Answer: Zeolites are microporous 3D aluminosilicates

Question 53. Write the name of the compound used as a fire extinguisher under the name pyrene.
Answer: Carbon tetrachloride (CCl4)

Question 54. Name the hardest compound of boron
Answer: Boron carbide or morbid.

Question 55. What is alone?
Answer: Alane is a polymeric hydride form of aluminium with the formula (AlH3)n

Question 56. Which two elements of group 13 form amphoteric hydroxides?
Answer: Al and Ga

Question 57.  What are the two stable natural isotopes of boron?
Answer: 11B and 10B

Question 58. Which of the group-13 elements has the most stable +1 oxidation state?
Answer: TI

Question  59. Which of the Gr-13 elements forms only covalent compounds?
Answer:  Boron

Question 60.  The melting point of boron is very high, even though it is a non-metal—why
Answer: Because B exists as a giant covalent molecule,

Question 61. Which acid is obtained when an aqueous solution of borax is acidified?
Answer: Boric acid (H3BO3)

Question 62. Which are called boranes?
Answer:  Covalent boron hydrides,

Question 63. What is the correct structural formula of borax?
Answer: Na2[B4O5(OH)4].8H2O

Question 64. What happens when orthoboric acid is heated till red hot?
Answer: At first HBO2 then , H2B4O7 and finally B2O3 forms,

Question 65. What is inorganic benzene? Why is it called so?
Answer: Borazine (B3N3H6), because of structural similarity with benzene

Question 66. What is the common oxidation state of group-13 elements?
Answer: +3

Question 67. Write down the chemical composition of the coloured compound obtained finally in the borax bead test.
Answer: Metal metaborate, MBO2 or M'(BO2)2 or M”(BO2)3 [M = monovalent, M’ = divalent, M”= trivalent ),

Question 68. Arrange boron halides in decreasing strength as Lewis acid.
Answer: BI3 > BBr3 > BCl3 > BF3 ,

Question 69. How can boric acid form polymer?
Answer: By formation of hydrogen bonding

Question 70. Explain why BF-63 does not exist.
Answer: Because boron has no vacant d -d-orbital,

Question 71. What is duralumin? Mention its uses.
Answer: It is an alloy of aluminium; it is used for making aeroplanes, automobile parts, pressure cookers etc.

Question 72. Borazine is more reactive than benzene—why?
Answer:  The C =C bonds in benzene are non-polar but the B — N bonds in borazine are polar

Class 11 Chemistry P-Block Elements Very Short Answer Questions

Question 73. Some metals are extracted from their oxides by reducing with aluminium instead of carbon—why?
Answer: Because they form metal carbides,

Question 74. Which out of CCl4 and SiCl4 reacts with water and why?
Answer: SiCl4, because there are vacant d orbitals in the valence shell of silicon

Question 75. What is water gas?
Answer: Equimolar mixture of CO and H

Question 76. Carbon compounds are relatively less reactive—why?
Answer: Because of the much higher bond dissociation enthalpy of the C— C bond

Question 77. What is the value of the dipole moment of carbon suboxide and why?
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Dipole Element Of Carbon Dioxide

Question 78. Mention the hybridisation state of carbon in CO-23 and CO2.
Answer: sp² and sp respectively

Question 79. Write the name of a neutral oxide of carbon.
Answer: Carbon Monoxide (CO)

Question 80. What is dry ice?
Answer: Solid carbon dioxide,

Question 81. What is the basic structural unit of silicates?
Answer: SiO

Question 82. Write the general formula of silicones.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements General Formula Of Silicone

Question 83. Explain why the compounds of boron are called electron-deficient compounds.
Answer: Boron contains six valence electrons, i.e., its octet is incomplete

Question 84. Explain why BF3 forms an addition compound with NH3.
Answer:

For completing its octet the boron atom in BF3 accepts a pair of electrons from the nitrogen atom of ammonia and as a result, an addition compound is obtained.

Question 85. Out of InCl3 and In Cl, which one is more stable and why?
Answer:

Due to the weak inert pair effect, the +3 oxidation state of In is relatively more stable

Question 86. Explain why boron does not form BF63- ion
Answer:

The boron atom does not have a vacant d -d-orbital. Hence, it cannot expand its coordination up to six.

Question 87. Metallic aluminium is frequently used as a reducing agent in the extraction of Cr, Mn, Fe etc —why?
Answer:

Because of the much higher affinity of Al for oxygen, Al eliminates oxygen from the oxides of moderately electropositive metals,

Question 88. What is called the mixture containing 95% O2 and 5% CO2
Answer: Carbogen,

Question 89. What is the purest allotropic form of amorphous carbon?
Answer: Lamp black,

Question 90. What is the molecular mass of the most available natural fullerene?
Answer: 2HO, (C60fullerene) ,

Question 91. Write the names of two greenhouse gases.
Answer: Carbon dioxide and methane,

Question 92. What is ivory black?
Answer: The black substance obtained on dissolution of Ca-salts present in bone charcoal with HCl,

Question 93. Which out of carbon and silicon forms multiple bonds and why?
Answer: Carbon having a small atomic size and high electronegativity can form multiple bonds by pπ-pπ overlapping,

Question 94. What is the anion present in phyllosilicates
Answer: Si2O6-7

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry P-Block Elements Very Short Q&A

Question 95. Why is orthoboric acid used in talcum powders?
Answer:  Orthoboric acid is a fine white powder that easily mixes with talcum powders and imparts antiseptic properties.

Question 96. Why molten AlBr3 is a poor conductor of electricity?
Answer:  AlBr3 is a covalent molecule. As it ionises to a very small extent even in a molten state, it is a poor conductor of electricity.

Question 97. Which glass has the highest percentage of lead? Mention its use.
Answer: Flint glass contains the highest percentage of lead as lead silicate. It is used for optical purposes.

Question 98. Carbon exhibits catenation property but lead does not— why?
Answer: The C— C bond dissociation enthalpy is much higher than the Pb —Pb bond dissociation enthalpy

Question 99. Which are called methanides?
Answer: The carbides containing C4– ions are called methanides;

Question 100. (CH3)3SiOH is more acidic than (CH3)3COH, even though carbon is more electronegative than silicon— explain
Answer: Because of d-orbital resonance, the conjugate base of (CH3)3SiOH is relatively more stable

Question 101. Silicon is unable to form structures like graphite—why?
Answer: Due to the larger size and lower electronegativity of Si as compared to C, silicon can’t form double bonds through sp² -hybridisation

Question 102. Mention one property of fullerene which differs from that of diamond and graphite.
Answer: Fullerenes dissolve in organic solvents while diamond or graphite does not

Question 103. Write the formula of the following ore: bauxite
Answer: Al2O3-2H2O

Question 104. A white precipitate is formed when a small amount of a gas is passed through lime water. The precipitate dissolves when excess ofthe gas is passed. What can be the possible gases? How would you identify the gases?
Answer:  The possible gases may be either carbon dioxide or sulphur dioxide

Question 105. Which one is the hardest allotrope of carbon? Answer with reason
Answer: Diamond

Question 106. Write balanced equations for Al + NaOH →
Answer:

2Al + 2NaOH + 6H2O → 2Na+[Al(OH)4]+ 3H2

Question 107. What are aquadag and oildag? Mention their uses.
Answer:

A colloidal solution of graphite in water is known as aquadag and a colloidal solution of graphite in oil is known as oildag. These are used as lubricants.

Very Short Answer Questions on P-Block Elements Class 11 NCERT

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. Boric acid is a ________________ acid and not an acid
Answer: Lewis, protonic

Question 2. Due to _____________ Tl+ ion is more stable than Tl3+ ion.
Answer: Inert pair effect,

Question 3. Two types of bonds in diborane are covalent and ___________ bond
Answer: 3c-2e bridge bond,

Question 4. Tl3+ ion acts as __________________ agent.
Answer: Oxidising,

Question 5. AlCl3 is a __________________ Lweis acid than BCl
Answer: Stronger

Question 6. BCl3 is a__________________ Lweis acid than BF
Answer: Stronger

Question 7. AlF3 is an __________________compound, but AlCl is a __________________compound
Answer: Ionic, covalent

Question 8. The hydrides of boron are called__________________
Answer: Boranes,

Question 9. Inorganic benzene is chemically known as __________________
Answer: Borazine

Question 10. Anhydrous aluminium chloride exists as a __________________
Answer: Dimer

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 P-Block Elements VSAQs NCERT Solutions

Question 11. The B—F bond present in BF3 is __________________ compared to the B — F bond present in BF4.
Answer: Shorter

Question 12. When H3B03 is strongly heated __________________ obtained
Answer: BO (Boron Trioxide)

Question 13. BN is a crystalline solid having a structure similar to __________________
Answer: Graphite

Question 14. On moving down the group, the stability of the +1 oxidation state of the members of the boron family +3 oxidation state
Answer: Increases And Decreases

Question 15. Except boron all members of boron family are_______________
Answer: Metals

Question 16. Except ______________ all members of the carbon family exhibit allotropy.
Answer: Lead

Question 17. Potassium ferrocyanide reacts with concentrated does not. Is used as a fuel. Sulphuric acid to form _____________ gas
Answer: CO

Question 18. SnCl2 acts as a __________________
Answer: Reducing

Question 19. Out of CO and CO2 __________________ combines with haemoglobin
Answer: CO

Question 20. Due to agent ________________ the +2 oxidation state of group 1 elements gradually becomes stable down the group.
Answer: Inert pair effect

Question 21. Only ________________ of the carbon family does not react with water.
Answer: Lead

Question 22. Carbides which on hydrolysis product CH4 are called ________________
Answer: Methanides

Question 23. The hydrides of silicon are called ______________ is called ‘sugar of lead
Answer: Silanes(SinH2n+2+ 2

Question 24. ________________ is called ‘sugar of lead
Answer: Pb(CH3COO)2

Some P-Block Elements Very Short Answer Questions Chapter 11

Question 25. Formic acid in dehydration produces
Answer: CO

Question 26. Due to the absence of a complex.
Answer: D orbital

Question 27. Mica is an example of
Answer: Sheet Silicate

Question 28. PbCl4 exists bu ____________
Answer: PbI4

Question 29. Out of CO and CO2 ____________ is used as a fuel
Answer: CO

Some P-Block Elements Very Short Answer Questions Chapter 11

Question 30. Zircon (ZrSiO4) is an example of _____________
Answer: Orthosilicate

Question 31. In silicones _________________ units are held by Si —O —Si
Answer: R2SiO

Question 32. Asbestos ______________ is a silicate mineral existing in
Answer: Mg3(Si2O5)(OH)4

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Short Answer Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Boron shows anomalous behaviour and differs from j the rest of the members of its family —why?
Answer:

Boron shows anomalous behaviour because of

  1. Exceptionally small atomic size,
  2. High ionisation enthalpy and
  3. Absence of d -d-orbitals in its valence shell

Question 2. Give reasons for which carbon differs from the rest of the members of its family
Answer:

  • Exceptionally small atomic size,
  • Higher electro¬ negativity,
  • Higher ionisation enthalpy and
  • Absence of f-orbitals in the valence shell.

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Short Answer Questions

Question 3. Diamond is a non-conductor of electricity but a good conductor of heat—why?
Answer:

Due to the absence of free electrons, it is a non-conductor of electricity. It has the highest known thermal conductivity because thermal motion is distributed in its 3D -structure very effectively

Question 4. Explain why the melting and boiling points of boron are much higher.
Answer:

  1. Boron exists as a giant covalent polymer having a three-dimensional network structure both in the solid and the liquid states.
  2. For this reason, its melting and boiling points are very high;

Question 5. pπ-pπ back bonding occurs in the case of boron halides but not in the case of aluminium halides —why?
Answer:

  • The tendency of pπ-pπ back bonding decreases with an increase in the size of the central atom.
  • Since Al is larger than B, pn-pn back bonding does not take place in the case of Al

Some P-Block Elements Chapter 11 Short Answer Questions Class 11

Question 6. (SiH3)3N is weaker base than (CH3)3N —why?
Answer:

  • pπ-dπ Back bonding occurs in (SiH3)3N but not in (CH3)3N.
  • Therefore, the unshared pair ofelectrons is more available in (CH3)3N and for this reason, it is more basic

Question 7. N(CH3)3 is pyramidal but N(SiH3)3 is planar—explain.
Answer:

  • Because of d -orbital resonance, the N-atom in N(SiH3)3 molecule is sp² – hybridised and therefore, the molecule is planar
  • No such d -d-orbital resonance occurs in N(CH3)3 and the central N-atom is sp³ -hybridised. For this reason, this molecule is pyramidal.

Question 8. CO gets readily absorbed in ammoniacal silver nitrate solution but CO2 does not—explain.
Answer:

Due to the presence of an unshared electron pair on carbon, CO acting as a Lewis base, combines with ammoniacal cuprous chloride to form a stable and soluble complex. No such reaction takes place in the case of CO2 because in it carbon has no unshared electron pair,

Question 9. Which out of anhydrous and hydrous AlCl3 is more soluble in ether and why
Answer:

Anhydrous AlCl3 is electron deficient but hydrous AlCl3 is not Because of this, anhydrous AlCl3 combines with ether through the formation of a coordinate bond and gets dissolved in

Question 10. Explain why the B—X bond distance in BX3 is shorter than the theoretically expected value.
Answer:

This is due to the pπ-pπ backbonding of the filled p orbital of halogen (X) into the empty p -orbital of boron.

As a result, the B— X bond possesses some double-bond character and hence B —X bond is shorter than expected

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements p Orbital Of Boron

Question 11. Although aluminium lies above hydrogen in the electrochemical series, it is quite stable in water and air. Why?
Answer:

Aluminium is a highly reactive electropositive metal. In the presence of water and air, a thin layer of aluminium oxide (Al2O3) forms over the metal surface. Consequently, this protective layer prevents further reaction of aluminium with water or air.

So, aluminium is quite stable in water and air, despite being situated above hydrogen in the electrochemical series.

Question 12. Using chemical reactions show that amphoteric. aluminium is
Answer:

Aluminium reacts with acids as well as with bases. So, it is amphoteric.

For example:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Aluminium Reacts With Acids

Question 13. car acts as a better lubricant on the moon compared to that on earth” Justify the validity ofthe statement.
Answer:

The statement is not correct. Different substances like air, water vapour and other gaseous materials enter into the layers of graphite when it is on earth, thus enhancing its lubricating property. However, the moon is devoid of atmosphere. Thus, due to the absence of water vapour and gaseous substances, the lubricating property of graphite is quite less on the moon

Question 14. Explain why PbCl4 is a good oxidising agent.
Answer:

Due to the inert pair effect, the Pb2+ ion is relatively more stable than the Pb4+ ion and so the Pb4+ ion readily gets reduced to Pb2+ ion by accepting two electrons. That is why PbCl4 is a good oxidising agent.

Question 15. Why do nitrogen and carbon monoxide show similarities in their physical properties?
Answer:

Nitrogen (N2) and carbon monoxide (CO) exhibit structural similarities because both molecules contain the same number of valence electrons (10). Because of structural similarities (similar distribution of electrons in the bonding orbital), they show striking resemblance in their physical properties like vapour density, solubility in water, boiling point, melting point, etc

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Nitrogen And Carbon Monaxide

Question 16. Explain why graphite is used as a solid lubricant for heavy machinery.
Answer:

  • Since any two successive layers in graphite are held together by weak forces of attraction, one layer can slip over the other.
  • This makes graphite soft and a good lubricating agent for heavy machinery

Question 17. Diamond is a bad conductor of electricity but a very good conductor of heat—explain.
Answer:

  • There is no free electron left in the structure of the diamond made up of sp³ hybridised C-atoms and so, the diamond is unable to conduct electricity.
  • On the other hand, it is a very good conductor of heat because its structure distributes thermal motion in three dimensions very effectively.

Question 18. Despite being a covalent substance, the melting point of diamond is very high—why?
Answer:

  • In diamonds, there is a three-dimensional network of strong covalent bonds.
  • Since a large amount of thermal energy is required for the cleavage of these bonds, the melting point of the diamond is very high.

Question 19. CO is an inflammable gas while CO2 is not—why?
Answer:

The oxidation states of carbon in CO, and CO are +4 and +2 respectively. In any compound, the maximum oxidation state of carbon is +4. Consequently, the carbon atom in CO tends to increase its oxidation number, i.e., CO has the inherent urge to be oxidised. For this reason, it reacts readily with oxygen, i.e.,

It is a combustible gas. 2CO +O2 →2CO2 On the other hand, the oxidation state of carbon in CO2 is maximum (+4) so it does not tend to be oxidised and unlike CO, it is not combustible.

Question 20. [SiF6]2- is known to exist whereas [CF6]2- does not exist. Explain.
Answer:

  • Silicon can extend its coordination number beyond four because it possesses vacant d-orbitals. Hence, [SiF6]2-– exists.
  • On the other hand, C has no vacant d-orbitals in its valence shell and thus it cannot extend its coordination number beyond four.
  • Hence, [CF6]2-does not exist

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Short Answer Questions

Question 21. An aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide is added dropwise to the solution of gallium chloride in water. A precipitate is initially formed. The precipitate dissolves on further addition of NaOH solution. Explain the observation using suitable chemical reactions
Answer:

On the addition of NaOH solution to a solution of GaCl3, a gelatinous white precipitate of Ga(OH)3 is formed which dissolves on adding excess NaOH by forming a soluble complex.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements White Precipitate And Soluble Complex

Question 22. Define buckyball. How is it made?
Answer:

C60 -fullerene is called buckyball. It contains 20 six-membered rings and 12 five-membered rings.  It is prepared by heating graphite in an electric arc in the presence of an inert gas like argon or helium.  The C60 and C70 fullerenes hence formed can be separated readily by extraction with benzene or toluene followed by chromatography in the presence of alumina.

Question 23. CO is readily absorbed by ammoniacal cuprous chloride solution but CO2 is not. Explain.
Answer:

CO has a lone pair ofelectrons on C-atom. Thus, it acts as a Lewis base and forms a soluble complex with an ammoniacal CuCl solution.

CuCl + NH3 + CO → [Cu(CO)NH3]+Cl (Soluble)

CO2, on the other hand, does not possess a lone pair of electrons on the C-atom. Hence, it does not act as a Lewis base. Thus, it does not dissolve in ammoniacal CuCl solution

Question 24. What is the chemical composition of the borax bead?
Answer:

Borax forms a glassy mass on heating called a borax bead

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Borax Bead

Thus, the borax bead is a mixture of sodium metaborate (NaBO2) and boric anhydride (B2O3)

Question 25. Silicon in elemental form does not form a graphite-like structure. Explain.
Answer:

Silicon is larger than carbon. Thus, pn-pn bonding is not as effective in the case of Si as in the case of C-atom.  In graphite, pn-pn bonding is effective due to the smaller size of carbon.  Thus, Si does not resemble graphite. Rather, it resembles a diamond and is a poor conductor of electricity

Question 26. Anhydrous aluminium chloride cannot be prepared by heating hydrated aluminium chloride. Why?
Answer:

When hydrated aluminium chloride (AlCl3– 6H2O) is heated, it gets hydrolysed by the water of crystallisation and aluminium oxide is formed. Therefore, anhydrous aluminium chloride cannot be prepared by heating hydrated aluminium chloride

Question 27. Why are the dihalides of carbon unstable but the dihalides of tin and lead stable?
Answer:

All the elements of group 14 (except C and Si) form stable dihalides. Due to the inert pair effect, these elements are highly stable in the +2 oxidation state. Hence, tin and lead form stable dihalides. On the other hand, carbon is stable in the +4 state. Therefore, dihalides of carbon are unstable

Question 28.

  1. Why PbO2 is oxidising?
  2. Which of the following is the thermodynamically most stable form of carbon? Coke, diamond, graphite, fullerenes.

Answer:

1. Among the group-13 elements B and Al exhibit +3 oxidation state only. On the other hand, Tl shows +3 as well as +1 oxidation states but due to the inert pair effect, it is more stable in +1 oxidation state. So, TlCl exists but AlCl does not

2. Graphite.

Question 29. PbCl2 is less stable than SnCl4 while PbCl2 is more stable than SnCl2. Justify or contradict
Answer:

In the case of group-14 elements the number of d- or f- electrons increases down the group from Ge to Pb. Hence, the inert pair effect becomes gradually more prominent. As a result, the stability of the +4 oxidation state decreases and the +2 oxidation state increases down the group. Consequently, Pb is more stable in the +2 state whereas Sn is more stable in the +4 state. Therefore, PbCl4 is Jess stable than SnCl4 while PbCl2 is more stable than “SnCl2

P-Block Elements Short Answer Questions Class 11 NCERT

Question 30. What happens when at first lesser amount and then an excess amount of NaOH solution is added to the Al2(SO4) solution?
Answer:

When a lesser amount of NaOH is added to the solution of Al2(SO)3, a white precipitate of Al(OH)3 forms. In the presence of excess NaOH, the solution becomes clear due to the formation of soluble sodium aluminate (NaAlO2)

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Lesser Amount With NaOH Soluble Sodium Aluminate

Question 31. Explain with reason: SnCl2 is a solid ionic compound whereas SnCl4 is a covalent liquid.
Answer:

SnCl2, Sn(II): [Xe]4d105s10

SnCl4, Sn(IV): [Xe]4d10

Here with an increase in oxidation state from Sn(II) to Sn(IV) the ionisation potential of the central atom (here Sn) increases which makes the Sn—Cl bonds more covalent in SnCl4 compared to SnCl2 — Fajan’s rules.

Hence the SnCl2 molecules are closely packed due to greater ionic character whereas in SnCl4 the molecules show weaker London forces of interaction due to their covalent nature. This explains the given observation

Question 32. How can you explain the higher stability of BCl3 as compared to TlCl3?
Answer:

Because of the poor shielding effect on s-electrons of the valence shell by the inner d -and f-electrons (i.e., 3d, 4d, 5d, 4f-electrons), the inert pair effect is maximum in Tl. As a result, for Tl only the 6p¹ -electron becomes involved in bond formation. Hence the most stable oxidation state of TI is +1 and not +3. Therefore, TlCl is stable but TlCl3 is unstable.

On the other hand, due to the absence of d -and f-electrons, B does not exhibit an inert pair effect and all three valence electrons become involved in bond formation. Hence, B exhibits an oxidation state of +3 and thus forms BCl3. So, BCl3 is more stable than TlCl3

Question 33. Why does boron trifluoride behave as a Lewis acid?
Answer:

The B-atom in the BF3 molecule has only she electrons in its valence shell and thus two more electrons are required to complete its octet. Therefore, BF3 can easily accept a pair of electrons from basic substances such as NH3, (C2H5)2O etc. and thus behaves as a Lewis acid.

Question 34. BF3 is reacted with ammonia?
Answer:

Being a Lewis acid, BF3 accepts a pair of electrons from NH3(a Lewis base) to form a complex

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Lewis Acid And Lewis Base

Question 35. Aluminium chloride exists as a dimer, but boron trichloride does not. Explain
Answer:

The boron atom is so small that it cannot accommodate four large-sized Cl-atoms around it so it cannot complete its octet by forming a dimer. However, the Al-atom being larger can accommodate four Cl-atoms around it. For this reason, AlCl3 exists as a dimer in which each Al-atom accepts an unshared pair of electrons from the Cl-atom of another molecule to complete its octet.

Question 36. Sn(II) is a reducing agent but Pb(II) is not—why?
Answer:

Because of inert pair effect, both tin and lead show two oxidation states of +2 and +4. But this effect is more prominent in the case of Pb than in Sn and consequently, +2 oxidation state of Sn is less stable than its +4 oxidation state. Therefore, Sn(II) acts as a reducing agent and gets converted to the more stable Sn(IV) by losing two electrons.

In contrast, the +2 oxidation state of Pb is more stable than its +4 oxidation state due to the prominent inert pair effect. Therefore, Pb(II) does not lose electrons easily and does not act as a reducing agent

Question 37. CO is stable but SiO is not—why?
Answer:

Since electronegativity, has a strong tendency to form pn-pn multiple bonds, it combines with oxygen to form CO which is stabilised by resonance as follows:

⇒ \(: \mathrm{C}=\ddot{\mathrm{O}}: \leftrightarrow: \overline{\mathrm{C}} \equiv \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{O}}:\)

Silicon, on the other hand, due to its bigger size and lower electronegativity, does not tend to form pn-pn multiple bonds. Thus, it does not combine with oxygen to form stable SiO

Question 38. [SiF6]2-  is known but [SiF6]2- is not. Why?
Answer:

Possible reasons for the non-existence of [SiF6]2- are:

  1. Six fluorine atoms can be easily accommodated around silicon atoms due to smaller size while six larger chlorine atoms cannot be accommodated around silicon atoms.
  2. The unshared pair of electrons present in a relatively small 2p -orbital of F interacts with the d -orbitals of Si better than the unshared pair ofelectrons present in a relatively large 3p -orbital of Cl.

Question 39. Explain why CCI4 is resistant to hydrolysis but SiCl4undergo ready hydrolysis.
Answer:

Carbon does not undergo hydrolysis because carbon cannot extend its coordination number beyond four due to the absence of a vacant d-orbital in its valence shell. On the other hand, SiCl4 can undergo ready hydrolysis because Si has a vacant d-orbital in its valence shell and can extend its coordination number beyond four

Class 11 Chemistry P-Block Elements Short Answer Solutions

Question 40. No visible reaction is observed when Al metal is left in contact with concentrated HNQ3. Explain.
Answer:

Al is a reactive metal and hence it initially reacts with a cone. HNO3 to form Al2O3. The oxide forms a protective layer No the surface of the metal and it becomes positive Thus no visible reaction is observed

Question 41. Thermite reaction cannot be stopped by pouring water. Explain.
Answer:

In a thermite reaction, the oxygen needed for the reaction is supplied by the metal oxide. Thus, stopping the oxygen supply (by pouring water) has no effect.

Further at high temperatures (1270-1300K), Al reacts with H2O to form H2 gas which spreads the fire rather than extinguishing it

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Stopped By Pouring Water

Question 42. Why were lead sheets used on the floors in the Hanging Gardens of Babylon
Answer:

To prevent water from escaping, the lead sheet was extensively used on the floors in the Hanging Gardens of Babylon (one of the wonders ofthe ancient world that was built during the Egyptian civilisation).

Question 43. Explain why HF is not stored in glass containers the visible reaction is observed
Answer:

SiO2 present in glass reacts readily with hydrofluoric acid (HF) to form H2SiF6 which is soluble.

Hence, HF is not stored in glass containers.

Question 44. What is the state of hybridisation of carbon in

  1. CO32-
  2. Diamond
  3. Graphite?

Answer:

The hybridisation state of C

  • In CO32- is sp²
  • In diamond is sp³
  • In graphite is sp²

Question 45. AICI3 is covalent but ionizes in water—why?
Answer:

AICI3 ionizes in an aqueous solution because the amount of hydration enthalpy released exceeds the ionization enthalpy. 5137kJ mol-1 energy is required to convert Al to Al3+, hydration Al3+

ΔH hydration – 4165kJ mol-1& ΔH hydration for Cl-1 is -381 kj. mol-1. Since this exceeds ionization enthalpy (-5137k J.mol-1), hence, AlCl undergoes ionization in water

Short Answer Questions for P-Block Elements Chapter 11 Class 11

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Warm Up Exercise Question And Answers

Question 1. Give reactions to justify the amphoteric nature of Ga.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Amphoteric Nature Of Ga

Question 2. Why does BF3 form an adduct with ammonia?
Answer:

In the NH molecule NH3 -atom has a lone pair ofelectrons and in BF3 molecule 2 electrons are required to complete the octet of the B-atom. Thus, NH3 (a Lewis base) reacts with BF3 (a Lewis acid) to form an adduct

H3 N: + BF3→ [H3 N→ BF3 ]

Question 3. Boron is distinctly non-metallic—why?
Answer:

Boron is distinctly non-metallic because of its small atonfWsize, high ionisation enthalpy high electronegativity.

Question 4. Using chemical reactions shows that boron acts as an oxidising agent as well as a reducing agent.
Answer:

B Is heated with Mg in an electric arc furnace magnesium boride Is formed. I lore, B acts as an oxidising agent.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Oxidising Agent

Question 5. Metal borides having 10B are used in nuclear reactors why?
Answer: 10B has a greater tendency to absorb a high-energy neutron

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry P-Block Elements Short Answer Q&A

Question 6. BO33- has a trigonal planar structure—why?
Answer:

The three half-filled orbitals (2s, 2px and 2py) of boron in its excited state undergo sp² -hybridisation. The resulting three sp² -hybridised orbitals overlap with 2p – orbitals of three Oforming three B – O bonds. Thus, BO33- ion has a trigonal planar structure

Question 7. Although boric acid [B(OH)3] contains three -OH groups, it is sparingly soluble in water—why?
Answer:

Boric acid molecules form cyclic two-dimensional associated giant molecules through intermolecular hydrogen bonds. So it finds little or no opportunity to form hydrogen bonds with water and is hence, sparingly soluble in water

Question 8. Among group-14 elements which one exhibits pπ-pπ multiple bonding?
Answer:

Among all the group-14 elements carbon exhibits pn-pn multiple bonding.

Question 9. Account for the anomalous behaviour of carbon from other group-14 elements.
Answer:

Due to small size, high ionisation enthalpy, high electro- * negativity and unavailability of d-orbitals, the behaviour of carbon is different from other elements of group-14

Question 10. The shape of (SiH3)3P is pyramidal. Comment.
Answer:

A larger 3p -orbital of P is unable to participate in efficient pπ-dπ bonding. Thus, the central P-atom undergoes sp³-hybridisation and forms pyramidal (SiH)3P

Question 11. Which element among the group-14 elements is a metalloid?
Answer: Germanium (Ge)

Question 12. Which compound of lead is used as “Sindoor”
Answer: Red lead (Pb3O4)

Question 13. Among the dioxides of group-14 elements. PbO2 is the strongest oxidising agent— explain.
Answer:

Due to the inert pair effect, the +2 oxidation state of Pb is more stable. Hence, PbO2 is the strongest oxidising agent among the dioxides of group-14 elements.

Question 14. Give the Lewis acidity order: SiI4, SiCl4, SiBr4 > SiF4
Answer:

Lewis acidity order: Sil4 > SiBr4 > SiCl4 > SiF4

Question 15. What is the state of hybridisation of carbon in fullerene?
Answer: In fullerene, carbon is sp² -hybridised.

Question 16. How can you decolourise a sample of slightly brown-coloured impure sugar?
Answer:

When an aqueous solution of brown-coloured impure sugar is heated with activated charcoal, a mixture is obtained, which on filtration gives a colourless solution. The solution is concentrated by heating and then cooled. As a result, colourless crystals of pure sugar are obtained.

Question 17. Give two differences between diamond and graphite.
Answer:

Two characteristic differences between diamond and graphite are:

  1. Diamond is hard but graphite is soft
  2. Diamond is an insulator while graphite is a good conductor of electricity.

Chapter 11 Short Answer Questions P-Block Elements NCERT Solutions

Question 18. CO forms an additional compound but CO2 does not—why?
Answer:

In the CO molecule, the C-atom has a lone pair of electrons. By donating this lone pair of electrons CO forms an addition compound with metals or non-metals. Also in the CO molecule, the C-atom exhibits an oxidation no. of +2.

So, it can increase its oxidation no. from +2 to +4 by forming additional compounds. On the other and C-atom in the CO2 molecule does not have any lone pair of electrons. Besides, the C-atom exhibits +4 oxidation state in CO2. So, it has no opportunity to increase its oxidation number. Thus, CO forms an additional compound but CO2 does not

Question 19. Explain why blue flame is seen in a coal oven.
Answer:

At the bottom section of the coal oven, carbon burns in the presence of excess oxygen producing CO2 This CO2 while moving upwards, is reduced by red hot carbon (coke or coal) to CO in the middle section ofthe oven.

The CO bums in the open air at the top of the oven with a blue flame to form CO2.

  1. At the bottom : C + O2 →C02
  2. At the middle: CO2 + C→2CO
  3. At the top: 2CO +O2 →2CO2

Question 20. How will you separate CO and CO2 from a mixture?
Answer:

When a mixture of CO2 and CO is passed through Cu2Cl2 solution acidified with HCl, CO is absorbed in the die solution but CO2 escapes without participating in a chemical reaction. The solution thus obtained liberates CO on heating

2CO + Cu2Cl2 + 4H2O→2[CuCl-CO. 2H2O]

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements CO On Heating

Question 21. How will you confirm that a gas is CO2 but not SO2?
Answer:

Both the gases are passed through the K2Cr2O7 solution, SO2 turns the orange colour of the K2Cr2O7 solution green but CO2 does not.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Gases Passed The Solution Orange To Green

Question 22. Write the formula of white asbestos. What type of silicate is it?
Answer:

Formula of white asbestos is Mg3(OH)4[Si2O5] . It is a type of sheet silicate

Question 23. How can ultrapure silicon be prepared from impure silicon?
Answer:

At first, impure Si is treated with chlorine gas to produce impure SiCl4, which on distillation forms pure SiCl4. Pure SiCl4 thus produced is reduced by H4 gas to ultrapure silicon

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Gas To Ultrapure Silicon

Some P-Block Elements Short Answer Questions Chapter 11 NCERT

Question 24. Explain why silicones are water-repelling in nature.
Answer:

Silicon chains are surrounded by non-polar organic groups. Thus, they are water-repelling in nature (water is a polar solvent)

Question 25. What are zeolites? Give two important uses of zeolites
Answer:

Zeolites are used

  1. For softening of hard water
  2. As a molecular sieve to separate molecules of different size

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Long Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Long Question And Answers

Question 1. Anhydrous aluminum chloride is used as a catalyst and fumes in moist air. Explain these observations.
Answer:

The Al-atom in AlCl3 has only six electrons in its valence shell, and it requires two more electrons to complete its octet. Therefore, it can act as a Lewis acid catalyst.

For example:  In Friedel-Crafts alkylation and acylation reactions, AlCl3 acts as a Lewis acid catalyst to generate the electrophile (R+ or RC+O).

Read and learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Elements Electrophile

In moist air, AlCl3 undergoes partial hydrolysis to form HCl gas and because of this, it fumes in moist air.

AlCl3(S) + 3H2O→Al(OH)3+ 3HCl(g)

Some P-Block Elements Class 11 Long Questions and Answers

Question 2. Out of anhydrous AlCl3 and hydrated AlCl3, which] one is more soluble in diethyl ether and why?
Answer:

Anhydrous AlCl3 is an electron-deficient compound (Lewis acid) while hydrated. AlCl3, i.e. AlCl3 -6H2O, is not because H2O has already donated a pair of electrons to Al. Therefore, the O-atom of diethyl ether donates a pair of electrons to the Al-atom of anhydrous. AlCl3, forming a coordinate bond. For this reason, anhydrous AlCl3 is soluble in diethyl ether.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Diethyl Ether

Question 3. When lead nitrate solution is added to an aqueous solution of H2S, a black precipitate is obtained. However, when lead nitrate solution is added to the filtrate obtained by passing the solution of H2S through activated charcoal, no black precipitate is obtained. Explain these observations
Answer:

When lead nitrate solution is added to an aqueous precipitate solution of H2S, a reaction leading to the formation of a black precipitate of lead sulfide (PbS) occurs

H2S +Pb(NO3)→ PBS↓ (black)+2HNO3

Activated charcoal, because of its porous structure, adsorbs gaseous substances. So, when aqueous solution of H2S is filtered through activated charcoal, H2S is adsorbed by it. Due to the absence of H2S in the filtrate, the addition of lead nitrate solution does not give any precipitate.

Question 4. CO is a poisonous gas while C02 is not—why?
Answer:

Carbon monoxide (:C+O: ) combines with the Fe- atom present in the hemoglobin of blood through the lone pair of electrons on carbon to form a highly stable complex known as carboxyhemoglobin (HbCO). Due to the formation of this complex, hemoglobin cannot further act as an oxygen-carrier. As a result, the body cells get slackened due to the deficiency of oxygen and this ultimately results in death.

Thus, CO is poisonous: Hb + CO→ HbCO.

(Hb – Haemoglobin) On the other hand, the structure of carbon dioxide is \(: \ddot{O}=\mathrm{C}=\ddot{\mathrm{O}}:\).

Although the oxygen atoms in the CO2 molecule contain lone pairs of electrons, unlike CO it cannot combine with the Fe -atom of hemoglobin because of its larger size. Therefore, CO2 cannot prevent hemoglobin from carrying oxygen so it is not poisonous.

Question 5. what is a foaming mixture? How can it extinguish the fire?
Answer:

Foam-type fire extinguishers are nowadays used to extinguish petroleum and other oil fires. To produce stable f m of CO2, a mixture consisting of a concentrated solution of aluminum sulfate and sodium bicarbonate along with

Al2(SO4)3 on hydrolysis produces Al(OH)3 and H2SO4. Sulphuric acid thus obtained reacts with NaHCO3 to Liberate bubbles Of CO. These CO bubbles form stable sticky foam with AlOH in the presence of licorice extract.

This foam, when applied to the fire, forms a layer and prevents the oil or petrol from coming in further contact with air or oxygen. Consequently, the fire gets extinguished.

Al2(SO4)3 + 6NaHCO3→2AI(OH)3 + 3Na2SO4 + 6CO2

Question 6. AIF3 does not dissolve in anhydrous HF but dissolves in KF. When BF3 is added to the above solution containing KF, aluminum trifluoride is precipitated. Explain.
Answer:

AlF3 does not dissolve in anhydrous HF because it is not available for coordination with AIF3 due to the presence of intermolecular hydrogen bonding. It dissolves in KF because F_ ion can coordinate with AIF3 to form a salt

3KF +AlF3→K3[AIF6]

The salt is decomposed by BF3 which is a Lewis add (electron deficient) and AlF3 is precipitated.

K3[AlF6] + 3BF3→ AIF3↓ + 3KBF4

Question 7. Explain why carbon dioxide is a gas at room temperature but silicon dioxide is a solid substance,
Answer:

As the atomic sizes of carbon and oxygen are almost equal, carbon and oxygen atoms can easily form a double bond between them by effective pπ-pπ overlapping (O=C=O), and because of this, carbon dioxide exists as discrete molecules. The linear CO2 molecules are non-polar, and so the intermolecular forces in carbon dioxide are too weak to allow the formation of molecular aggregates. That is why carbon dioxide is a gas at room temperature.

On the other hand, Si-atom is much larger than O-atom, and the 3p -orbital of silicon and 2p -orbital of oxygen differ quite appreciably in their sizes and energies. So formation of a double bond by effective pπ-pπ overlapping does not take place. Therefore, silicon dioxide cannot have a molecular structure of the type O=Si=O, similar to carbon dioxide. In other words, silicon dioxide does not exist as discrete SiO2 molecules.

Instead, silica possesses a giant three-dimensional structure [(SiO2)] in which each silicon atom is linked to four O-atoms tetrahedrally and each O-atom is linked to two silicon atoms. Because of its giant three-dimensional polymeric structure, silicon dioxide is a solid at room temperature.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Silicon Three Dimensional Structure

Question 8. Why does Ga (+1) undergo a disproportionation reaction?
Answer:

Due to the inert pair effect, gallium exhibits both +1 and +3 oxidation states. However, the +3 oxidation state of gallium is more stable than its +1 oxidation state. For this reason, Ga(+1) undergoes a disproportionation reaction (selfoxidationreduction) to form gallium metal & the more stable Ga3+ ion in aqueous solution.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Gallium Metal

Question 9. Unlike In+, Tl+ does not undergo a disproportionation reaction—Explain.
Answer:

Both In and T1 can exhibit oxidation states of +1 and +3. However, because of the prominent inert pair effect in Tl, the +1 oxidation state of Tl is more stable than its +3 oxidation state while the +3 oxidation state of In is more stable than its +1 oxidation state. As a consequence, in an aqueous solution, the less stable In+ undergoes a disproportionation reaction to form a more stable In3+ but + being more stable, does not undergo a disproportionation reaction.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Disproportionation And Not Disproportionation

Question 10. Discuss the pattern of variation in the oxidation states of B to Tl.
Answer:

1. Since B and Al have no d -or f-electrons, they do not exhibit an inert pair effect. Therefore, they exhibit only one oxidation state of +3 due to the presence of two electrons in the s -and one electron in the p-orbital of the outermost shell.

2. The remaining elements from Ga to Tl contain d or both d and electrons in their inner shells and hence exhibit +3 as well as +1 oxidation states due to the inert pair effect.

3. As the number of d -and /-electrons increases on moving down the group, the inert pair effect becomes more and more prominent. As a consequence, the stability of the +1 oxidation state increases (i.e., Ga < In < Tl ), while that of the +3 oxidation state decreases (i.e. Ga > In > Tl ). The +1 oxidation state of Tl is more stable than its +3 oxidation state

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Long Questions

Question 12.BF3 is a weaker Lewis acid than BCl3, even though F is more electronegative than Cl. Explain
Answer:

The B -atom in BF3 or BCl3 has only sue electrons in its valence shell, and hence it is capable of accepting a pair of electrons to complete its octet. Therefore, both BF3 and BCl3 act as Lewis acids. Because of equal sizes of the empty 2p orbital of B and filled 2p -orbital of F, the lone pair of electrons of F is donated to the empty 2p-orbital pπ-pπ back bonding) to a considerable extent and as a result, the electron deficiency of B decreases in BF3

In BCl3, on the other hand, the size of the 3p -orbital of Cl containing the lone pair of electrons is much bigger than the empty 2p -orbital of B, and hence the donation of a lone pair of electrons from Cl to B does not take a place significantly. Therefore, the B atom in BCl3 is a stronger Lewis acid than BF3.

Question 13. Discuss the pattern of variation in the oxidation states of B to Tl.
Answer:

Since B and Al have no d -or f-electrons, they do not exhibit an inert pair effect. Therefore, they exhibit only one oxidation state of +3 due to the presence of two electrons in the s -and one electron in the p-orbital of the outermost shell.

The remaining elements from Ga to Tl contain d or both d and f electrons in their inner shells and hence exhibit +3 as well as +1 oxidation states due to the inert pair effect.

As the number of d -and /-electrons increases on moving down the group, the inert pair effect becomes more and more prominent. As a consequence, the stability of the +1 oxidation state increases (i.e., Ga < In < Tl ), while that of the +3 oxidation state decreases (i.e. Ga > In > Tl ). The +1 oxidation state of Tl is more stable than its +3 oxidation state.

Question 14. Which out ofdil. H2SO4, HCl, and HNO3 can be used in the preparation of carbon dioxide from PbCO3.
Answer:

PbC03 reacts with dilute H2SO4 and dilute HCl to form insoluble PbS04 and PbCl2 respectively. A protective coating of the salt is formed over the surface of the marble pieces and this cuts off the contact between the acid and the marble. So the reaction stops and no more CO2 is produced. It is for this reason, that dilute H2SO4 and HCl cannot be used in the preparation of CO2 from PbCO3. When dilute HNO3 is used, highly soluble Pb(NO3)2 is formed and so, the evolution of CO2 takes place smoothly. Therefore, dilute HNO3 can be used in the preparation of CO3 from PbCO3.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements PreparationOf Carbondioxide

Question 15. Explain why BF3 exists whereas BH3 does not. 
Answer:.

Because of pn-pn backbonding, the lone pair ofelectrons of F is donated to the B -atom. This delocalization reduces the deficiency of electrons on the B -atom and as a consequence, the stability of the BF3 molecule increases.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Molecule Increases

Due to the absence of a lone pair of electrons on the H -atom, similar compensation does not take place in BH3. In other words, deficiency of electron on B retains, and therefore, to reduce its electron deficiency, BH3 dimerizes to form B2H6 (diborane).

Question 16. Consider the compounds, BCI3 and CCl4. How will they behave with water? Justify.
Answer:

BCl2 is an electron-deficient molecule as the central Batom has only sue electrons in the valence shell. Therefore, it can accept a pair of electrons donated by water and undergo hydrolysis to form boric acid (H2BO3) and HCl.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Hydrolysis Of Boric Acid

On the other hand, the C-atom in CCl4 has 8 electrons in its valance shell and it has no vacant d -d-orbitals to extend its octet. So it cannot accept a pair of electrons from H2O and hence CCl4 does not undergo hydrolysis.

Question 17. Is boric acid a protic acid? Explain.
Answer:

Boric acid is not a protic acid because it does not ionize in water to give a proton:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Boric And Not Protic Acid

However, due to the presence of only 6 electrons in the valence shell of boron, B(OH)3 accepts a lone pair ofelectrons from Oatom of H2O to form a hydrated species. The positively charged O-atom pulls the O —H bonding electrons towards itself thereby facilitating the release of proton. Therefore, B(OH)3 acts as a weak monobasic acid

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Boric Acid And Protic Acid

Question 18. Describe the shapes of BF3 and BH4. Assign the hybridization of boron in these species.
Answer:

In the BF3 molecule, the B -atom is sp² -hybridized. Thus, the BF3 molecule contains three bond pairs and exhibits trigonal planar geometry.

P-Block Elements Chapter 11 NCERT Long Question and Answers

Question 19. What are electron-deficient compounds? Are BCl3 and SiCI4 electron-deficient species? Explain
Answer:

Electron-deficient compounds are those in which the central atom either does not have 8 valence electrons or in which the central atom has 8 valence electrons but can expand its valency beyond 4 due to the presence of volatile d -d-orbitals. BCl3 is an electron-deficient molecule as the central B atom has six electrons in its valence shell. So, it can accept a pair of electrons from Lewis bases like NH3 to form an adduct.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Lewis Base

The central Si atom in SiCl4 has 8 electrons in its valence shell but it can expand its covalency beyond 4 due to the presence of vacant d -orbitals. Therefore, in principle, SiCl4 should also act as an electron-deficient compound. However, it cannot form [SiCl6]2- by accepting two Cl ions and this is because

  1. Small Si -atoms cannot accommodate the large-sized Clatoms around and
  2. The interaction between lone pairs of Clatom and empty p -orbitals of  Siatom is weak.

Question 20. Explain the difference in properties of diamond and graphite based on their structures.
Answer:

Diamond and graphite:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Difference Between Diamond And Graphite

Question 21. Rationalize the statements and give reactions:

  1. Lead (II) chloride reacts with Cl2 to give PbCl4.
  2. Lead (IV) chloride is highly unstable towards heat.
  3. Lead is known not to form an iodide, Pbl4.

Answer:

1. Pb shows +2 and +4 oxidation states in its compounds. However, due to the inert pair effect, the +2 oxidation state is more stable than the +4 oxidation state. As a result, lead combines with Cl2 to form lead (II) chloride, But, Cl2 is an oxidizing agent and oxidizes Pb2+ to Pb4+. Thus, PbCl2 reacts with Cl2 to form PbCl4.

PbCl2 + Cl2→PbCl4

2. Due to the inert pair effect, the +2 oxidation state of lead is more stable than the +4 oxidation state. Thus, PbCl4 on heating decomposes to form PbCl2.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Inert Pair

3. Pbl4 does not exist because the amount of energy released by the initially formed two Pb—I bonds is not sufficient enough to unpair the 6s² electrons and promote one of them to the higher energy 6p orbital. The strong oxidizing power of Pb4+. Ion and the strong reducing power of I ion is also responsible for the non-existence of Pbl4

Long Answer Questions for P-Block Elements Class 11 Chemistry

Question 22. Suggest reasons why the B— F bond lengths in BF3 (130 pm) and BF4 (143 pm) differ
Ans:

The sp² -hybridized B atom in trigonal planar BF3 molecule has an empty 2p -orbital. Because of similar sizes the vacant and filled p -orbitals, pn-pn back bonding involving the transfer of a pair of electrons from F to B occurs. As a result, the B B — F bond acquires some double bond character. On the other hand, in BF4 ion, the B atom is sp³ -hybridized and so, it has no empty p -orbital to accept the electrons donated by the F atom. As a consequence, in BF4 ion, the B— F bond is a purely single bond. Since a double bond is shorter than a single bond, the B —F bond in BF3 is shorter in length (130 pm) than the B —F bond (143 pm) in BF4

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements P Pie And P Pie Back Bonding

Question 23. If the B—Cl bond has a dipole moment, explain why the BCl3 molecule has zero dipole moment.
Answer:

The B-atom in the BCl3 molecule is sp² – hybridized and the molecule possesses trigonal planar geometry. As the molecule is symmetrical, the resultant dipole moment of the three B —Cl bonds is zero. Thus BC13 molecule has zero dipole moment.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Dipole Moment

Question 24. Aluminum trifluoride is insoluble in anhydrous HF but dissolves with the addition of NaF. Aluminum trifluoride precipitates out of the resulting solution when gaseous BF3 is bubbled through. Give reasons
Answer:

Anhydrous HF being a strongly H -bonded covalent compound does not give F ions for complexing with AlF3and so AlF3 does not dissolve in HF. In the presence of the ionic compound NaF, Fions combine with AlF3 to form a soluble complex

3NaF + AlF3→Na3[AlFg] Sodium hexafluoroaluminate (III) (Soluble complex)

Due to its small size and higher electronegativity, boron has a much higher tendency to form a complex than aluminum. Because of this, when gaseous BF is bubbled through this solution, aluminum trifluoride precipitates out.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Sodium Tetrafluoroborate

Question 25. How is excessive content of COz responsible for global warming?
Answer:

The visible and some ultraviolet radiations (which are Due to small size and higher electronegativity, boron has a much higher tendency to form complex than aluminum. Because of this, when gaseous BF3 is bubbled through this solution, aluminum trifluoride precipitates short wavelengths) from the sun and reaches the earth by passing through CO2 present in the atmosphere, and as a result, the earth becomes heated. However, when the earth becomes cool, the energy is emitted from the earth’s surface in the form of infrared radiations (which have longer wavelengths and have a heating effect).

CO2 does not allow these radiations to pass through itself and becomes heated by absorbing them. Some of this heat is dissipated into the atmosphere while the remaining part is radiated back to the earth. As a result, the temperature of the earth increases. In this way, CO2 helps to maintain the temperature on the earth required for the existence of living organisms. However, if the amount of CO2 in the air increases due to some human activity, the temperature of the earth increases more than required. This phenomenon is called global warming.

Some P-Block Elements Class 11 NCERT Long Answer Solutions

Question 26. Explain the following reactions—

  1. Silicon is heated with methyl chloride at high temperatures in the presence of copper.
  2. Silicon dioxide is treated with hydrogen fluoride.
  3. CO is heated with ZnO.
  4. Hydrated alumina is treated with aqueous NaOH.

Answer:

1. Si reacts with methyl chloride (CH3Cl) at a high temperature in the presence of Cu as a catalyst to form mono, di, and trimethylchlorosilane along with a small amount of tetramethylsilane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Tetramethylsilane

2. SiO reacts with HF to form silicon tetrafluoride which dissolves in HF to form hydroflurosilicic acid

SiO2+4HF → SiF4 +2H2O

SiF4 +2hF → H2SiF6

3. ZnO is reduced to Zn by CO at high temperatures.

ZnO + CO→Zn + CO2

4. Hydrated alumina dissolves in aqueous NaOH solution to form sodium meta aluminate or sodium aluminate

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Lesser Amount With NaOH Soluble Sodium Aluminate

Question 27. Give reasons:

  1. Cone. HNO3 can be transported in an aluminum container.
  2. A mixture of dilute NaOH and aluminum pieces is used to open the drain.
  3. Graphite is used as a lubricant. 
  4. Diamond is used as an abrasive.
  5. Aluminum alloys are used to make aircraft bodies.
  6. Aluminum utensils should not be kept in water overnight.
  7. Aluminum wire is used to make transmission cables.

Answer:

1. When Al reacts with the cone. HNO3, a very thin film of aluminum oxide (A1203) is formed on its surface. This oxide layer protects Al from further reaction and hence aluminium containers can be used to transport cones. HNO3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Aluminium Container

2. The H2 gas liberated in the reaction of Al with dilute NaOH is used to open clogged drains.

2Al+ 2NaOH + 2H2O→2NaAlO2 + 3H2

3. Graphite possesses a hexagonal layered structure. These layers slip over one another because they are held by weak van der Waals forces. Hence it acts as a lubricant.

4. The C -atoms in diamond are sp3 -hybridized. Each C atom is linked to the other four C -atoms tetrahedrally by single covalent bonds. Thus, diamond is very hard and is hence used as an abrasive.

5. Aluminium alloys such as duralumin (Al-95%, Cu-4%, Mg-0.5%, Mn-0.5%) is light, tough and corrosion resistant. Hence it is used for making aircraft bodies.

6. Aluminium reacts with water and dissolved oxygen to form a thin film of aluminum oxide (Al2O3).

2Al(s) + O2 (g) + H2O(l)→Al2O3(s) + H2(g)T

A very small amount of Al2O33 may dissolve in water to give a solution containing a few ppm of Al3+ ions. Since Al3+ions are toxic to health, drinking water should not be kept in an aluminum vessel overnight.

7. Aluminium is a good conductor of electricity (twice that of Cu based on weight) and is not affected by the atmosphere as well. For this reason, it is used in transmission cables.

Question 28. Explain why is there a phenomenal decrease in ionization enthalpy from carbon to silicon.?
Answer:

  • On moving from carbon to silicon
  • The size of Si increases due to the addition of a new shell
  • Effective nuclear charge on Si increases due to an increase in the number of protons
  • The shielding effect increases due to an increase in the number of inner-filled orbitals.
  • The decrease in ionization enthalpy due to and
  • Is more than the increase in ionization enthalpy due to
  • Thus, there is a phenomenal decrease in ionization enthalpy as we move from carbon to silicon

Long Questions for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P-Block Elements

Question 29. How would you explain the lower atomic radius of Ga as compared to Al?
Answer:

The electronic configuration of Ga is as follows

13A1: ls22s22p63s23p1

31Ga: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s24p1

The effective nuclear charge of Ga is greater than that of Al. This is due to the poor shielding of the d-electrons of Ga. Thus, the electrons in Ga experience more attraction towards the nucleus than that experienced by the electrons of Al. Consequently, the atomic radius of Ga is lower compared to A

Question 30. 

  1. Classify the following oxides as neutral, acidic, basic, or amphoteric: CO, B2O3, SiO2, CO2, Al2O3, PbO2, Tl2O3.
  2. Write suitable chemical equations to show their nature.

Answer:

1. Neutral: CO; Acidic: B2O3, SiO2, CO2; Basic: Tl2O3; Amphoteric: Al2O3, PbO2 .

2.

1. As B2O3, SiO2, and CO2 are acidic, they react with alkalis to form salts

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Alkalis To Form Salts

2. Al2O3and PbO2 reacts with both acids and alkalis as they are amphoteric

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements Amphoteric In Nature

3. Tl2O3 reacts with acids as it is a basic oxide

Question 31. In some reactions, thallium resembles aluminum, whereas in others it resembles group-I metals. Support this statement by giving some evidence.
Answer:

Both thallium and aluminum belong to group 13 and thus have a general electronic configuration of ns²np¹. Both Al and Tl exhibit +3 oxidation states and form compounds like AlCl3 and T1Cl3 respectively. Both of them form octahedral ions like [AlF6]3-and [TIF6]3-. Again, due to the inert pair effect, T1 shows an oxidation state like the alkali metals of group-1 and forms TlCl, Tl2O, TlClO4, etc. TlOH like alkali metal hydroxides, dissolves in water to form strongly alkaline solutions. Again, Tl2CO3 is water soluble, and Tl2SO4 forms alum like that ofthe alkali metals.

NCERT Class 11 Some P-Block Elements Chapter 11 Long Answer Notes

Question 32. When metal X is treated with sodium hydroxide, a water white precipitate (A) is obtained, which is soluble more than NaOH to give a soluble complex (B). Compound (A) is soluble in dilute HC1 to form compound (C). The compound (A) when heated strongly gives (D), which is used to extract metal. Identify (X), (A), (B), (C) and (D). Write suitable equations to support their identities
Answer:

AS metal X, on treatment with NaOH forms a white precipitate, which dissolves in excess NaOH to form soluble complex B, the metal X is Al.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P Block Elements NaOH To Form Soluble Comples B Is The Metal X Is Al

Thus X = Al(aluminium)

A = Al(OH)3(Aluminium hydroxide

B =Na[Al(OH)4]

C = AlCl3(aluminiumchloride)

D =Al2O3Alumina

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 11 Some P-Block Elements Long Answer Questions

Question 33. A certain salt X, gives the following results. O Its aqueous solution is alkaline to litmus.0 It swells up to a glassy material Y on strong heating 0 When cone. H2S04 is added to a hot solution of X, and a white crystal of an acid Z separates. Write equations for all the above reactions and identify X, Y, and Z.
Answer:

Aqueous solution of the salt (X) is alkaline to litmus. Thus, (X) must be salt ofa weak acid and strong base.

When the salt (X) is heated, it swells up to form a glassy material. Therefore, (X) must be borax and (7) must be a mixture of sodium metaborate (NaBO2) and boric anhydride (B2O3).

When cone. H2SO4 is added to a hot solution of(X), i.e., borax, white crystals of (Z) separate. Therefore, (Z) must be orthoboric acid (H3BO3). The equations of the reactions involved are as follows

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Long Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Long Question And Answers

Question 1. Depict the bonding in the following compounds In terms of atomic orbitals involved and predict all the bond angles:

  1. CD3CH=CH2
  2. CH3OCH3

Answer:

1. The 3 carbon atoms are sp³ , sp² and sp² -hybridised respectively. Therefore the bond angles about these carbons are 109.5°, 120° and 120° respectively corresponding to tetrahedral and trigonal planar geometries.

2. The carbon and oxygen atoms are all sp³ -hybridized. So, the bond angles are nearly 109.5° corresponding to tetrahedral geometry.

Read and learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tetrahedral Geometry

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Long Questions

Question 2. Mention the number of primary (1°), secondary (2°), and tertiary (3°) hydrogen atoms in the following

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms.

Answer:

Hydrogen Atoms Given in the table:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms Answer

Question 3. How many alkyl groups can be derived from the alkane, (CH3)2 CHCH2 CH(CH3)2 and why? Write their IUPAC names.
Answer:

Since this hydrocarbon molecule contains 3 types of nonequivalent hydrogen atoms, the removal of these hydrogen atoms gives 3 different alkyl groups.

These are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Removal Of A 3H And 2H

Question 4. Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write The IUPAC Names

Answer:

  1. 3-ethyl-4-methylhept-5-en-2-one
  2. 3,3,5-trlmethylhex-1 -en-2-ol.
  3. l-bromo-4-metlvylheptan-3-on«.
  4. l-etliyl-4-methylcyclohexane.
  5. Cyclohexylcyclohexnne.
  6. 1,3-dlcyclopropylpropanc.
  7. 2-metliyl-2-cyclopropylpropnne.
  8. N -ethyl- N -methylpropan-2-nmine.
  9. 4-hydroxy-4-methylpontan-2-one.
  10. 3-methylpent-l-ene.

Question 5. Arrange the given carbocations To increase stability and explain two-order

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations In Order

Answer:

The order of increasing stability of these carbocation Is :

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Carbocations In Order

Being an aromatic one [(4 n + 2)n -electron system, where n = 1], the carbocation (I) is the most stable. The carbocation (II) is effectively resonance stabilized. So, its stability is greater than that of (ill) and (IV) (which are not resonance-stabilized) but less than that of (I).

The carbocation (III) is stabilized by +1 and the hyperconjugation effect of the methyl group and its stability is less than (II). The carbocation (IV) is destabilized by the stronger -I effect of the — CF3 group, so it is the least stable one.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Carbocations In Order

Question 6. Terf-Butyl chloride (Me3CCl) does not participate in D+ SN2 reaction—explain with reasons
Answer:.

Due to severe steric hindrance caused by three methyl groups, the backside attack on the central carbon by the nucleophile becomes completely inhibited and it is for this reason, that terf-butyl chloride does not participate in the SN2 reaction..

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques SN2 Reaction

 

Question 7. Write the resonance structures of CH2=CH —CHO and compare their stabilities.
Answer:

The compound is a resonance hybrid of three structures:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Hybrid 3 Structures

The stability order of these structures is I > II > III.

The uncharged structure (I) is the most stable one. The charged structure (II) is moderately stable because the more electronegative oxygen atom bears the negative charge and the less electronegative carbon atom bears the positive charge.

Also, the octet of carbon is not filled up. The charged structure (III) is the least stable because the more electronegative O-atom bears the positive charge and the less electronegative C-atom bears the negative charge. Also, the octet of the O-atom is not filled up

Question 8. Which is more stable and why: (CH3)3C, (CD3)3C
Answer:

Since D is more electron-releasing than H, — CD3 is more electron-releasing than — CH3. So, (CD3)3C+ is expected to be more stable than (CH3)3C+. But actually, this is true and this can be explained in terms of hyperconjugation. Since the C—H bond is weaker than the C— D bond the hyperconjugative stability of (CH3)3C+ is greater than that of (CD3)3C+

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Less Or More Effective

Question 9.

  1. How many stereoisomers of formula, CH3 would be possible if methane was a pyramid with a rectangular base? Draw them.
  2. How many stereoisomers of formula, CH2YZ would be possible if methane was a pyramid with a square base? Draw them.
  3. What is the relationship (diastereoisomers, enantiomers, conformational isomers, homomers i.e., identical structures or constitutional isomers) between the members of given pairs of structures?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write The IUPAC Names

Answer:

1. Two stereoisomers Mirror (enantiomers) are Q possible if methane H / was a pyramid with a rectangular base.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stereoisomers

2. Three stereoisomers (1, 2, and 3) are possible if methane is a pyramid with a square base. (1 and 2) are enantiomers. (1 and 3) and (2 and 3) are two pairs of diastereoisomers.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Diastereoisomers

3.

  1. . Diastereoisomers
  2. Homomers
  3. Geo¬ metrical isomers
  4. Constitutional isomers
  5. Conformational isomers
  6. Enantiomers.

Question 10. Although Quorine is more electronegative than iQfi chlorine, fluorobenzene has a lower dipole moment (p = 1.63D ) than chlorobenzene (μ = 1.75D ).
Ans.

Both fluorine in fluorobenzene and chlorine in structure) chlorobenzene withdraws electrons from the ring by the -I effect and donates electrons to the ring by the + R effect. Because of the smaller size of fluorine, the +R effect involving orbitals of similar sizes (2p of both F and C) is much stronger. So, the moment due to the stronger -I effect of fluorine is considerably neutralized by the moment due to the +R effect.

Hence, fluorobenzene possesses a net dipole moment which is relatively low (1.63D). On the other hand, because of the larger size of chlorine, the + R effect involving orbitals of dissimilar sizes (3p of Cl and 2p of C) is much weaker than the -I effect which is somewhat lower due to lower electronegativity of chlorine. So, the moment due to the +R effect is much smaller than the moment due to the -I effect. Hence, chlorobenzene possesses a relatively high net dipole moment (1.75D

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Chlorobenzene

Question 11. The negatively charged carbon atom in the structure

  1. Is sp² -hybridized while the negatively charged carbon atom in
  2. Is sp³ -hybridised —Explain.

Answer:

The negatively charged carbon atom of a resonance-stabilized carbanion is sp² -hybridized. The carbanion (I) is resonance stabilized. So the negative carbon atom Is sp².
hybridized

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sp2 And Sp3 Hybridised

On the other hand, the carbanion (2) Is not resonance stabilized because a double bond cannot be formed at the bridgehead position of small bicycle systems (Hrodt’s rule). Hence, the negatively charged carbon of the carbanion (II) is sp³ -hybridized.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sp3 Hybridised

Question 12. Mention the state of hybridization of the starred (*) carbon atoms in each of the following compounds.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hybridisation Of The Starred

Answer:

  1. sp²
  2. sp
  3. sp²
  4. sp
  5. sp
  6. sp³

Question 13. How many σ and π -bonds are present in each of the following molecules?

1. CH3-C≡-CH= CH2

2. CH2=CH-CH=C=CHCH3 

3. 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sigma And Pie Bonds Presents

Answer:

  1. σ -bonds =10, π -bonds =3
  2. σ -bonds = 13 , π -bonds = 3
  3. σ -bonds =10, π -bonds = 3

Question 14.  Which atoms in each of the following molecules remain in the same plane and why?

  1.  CH3CH= CH3
  2.  C6H5C≡ CCH3
  3. CH3CH=C=C=CHCH3
  4. CH3COCH2CH3

Answer:

sp²-carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in one plane.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In 1 Plane

sp² -carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in one plane. Also, sp carbon atoms & the atoms attached to them lie not only in one plane but also in one line.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie Not In One Plane

Lie in one plane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In 1 Plane.

Lie in one plane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In 1 Plane..

 

Question 15. Mention the number of primary (1°), secondary (2°), tertiary (3°), and quaternary (4°) C -atoms present in the given molecules: °
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Number Molecues

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Molecule Atoms

Question 16. Write down the IUPAC name of a hydrocarbon having a 4° C-atom with molecular formula, C6H14. How many monochrome derivatives of this hydrocarbon are possible? Write their structures
Answer:

The hydrocarbon corresponding to the molecular formula C6H14 and containing one tertiary carbon atom is CH3C(CH3)2CH2CH3 (C-2 is a quaternary carbon atom). Its IUPAC name is 2,2-dimethylbutane.

Since the alkane contains three types of non-equivalent hydrogen atoms, three monobromo derivatives of the alkane are possible. These are: (CH3)3CCHBrCH3 and (CH3)3CCH2CH2Br

Question 17. Racemic tartaric acid and meso-tartaric add are both optically inactive—why?
Answer:

Racemic tartaric add is an equimolar mixture of (+) and (-)-tartaric adds. In racemic tartaric add, therefore, the rotatory power of the (+) enantiomer is neutralized by the rotatory power of the (-) enantiomer (external compensation) and for this reason, the racemic tartaric add is optically inactive.

On the other hand, the meso-tartaric ad is optically inactive because it has a plane of symmetry and is superimposable on its mirror image. In fact, in this case, the optical rotation of one half of the molecule is exactly canceled by the optical rotation of the other half (internal compensation).

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Long Q&A

Question 18. How many isomers of butene are possible? What type 1 of isomerism do they exhibit?
Ans.

Three structural isomers of butene are possible: CH3CH2CH=CH2 (But-l-ene), CH3CH=CHCH3 (But-2- ene), and (CH3)2C=CH2 (2-methylpropene). Again, but-2- ene exists as two geometrical isomers (diastereoisomers):

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 Isomers Diastereoisomers

Hence, there are in total 4 isomers of butene: but-1-ene,  cis but-2-ene, irans-but-2-ene, 2-methylpropene

Question 19. Give examples of

  1. An optically inactive compound containing an asymmetric carbon atom
  2. An optically active compound containing no asymmetric carbon.

Answer:

1. Meso-tartaric acid containing two asymmetric carbon atoms is optically inactive because it has a plane of symmetry, l.e., tire molecule is superimposable on its mirror Image NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 Tartaric Acid

2. Penta-2,3-diene (an abC=C=Cab type of allene) is optically active because it is not superimposable on its mirror image.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Penta Diene

Question 20. Name a compound having two similar asymmetric carbon atoms and give its structure. What type of isomerism does it exhibit? Draw Fischer projection formulas of these isomers and comment on their optical activity. How are they related to each other?
Answer:

Tartaric acid has two similar asymmetric carbon atoms (HOOC — *CHOH —*CHOH —COOH). The compound exhibits optical isomerism.

Fisher projection formulas of its isomers are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Fisher Projection Formula

The relations among the isomers are as follows: I and II are enantiomers; I and III are diastereoisomers and II and III are diastereoisomers

Question 21.

  1. Give the structure and IUPAC name of an optically active alkane having the lowest molecular mass. Is there another alkane of the same molecular mass also optically active?
  2. Give an example of a compound that exhibits both optical & geometrical isomerism.

Answer:

Such a compound must contain an asymmetric carbon atom which will remain attached to an H-atom and three different alkyl groups (smaller size).

So, the optically active alkane having the lowest molecular mass’ is, 3-methylhexane [CH3CH*CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3 ]. Another optically active alkane with the same molecular mass is 2,3-dimethyl pentane [CH3*CH2CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2] which is a chain isomer of the first one.

Pent-3-en-2-oI [CH3*CH(OH)CH=CHCH3] exhibits both geometrical and optical isomerism because the compound contains an asymmetric carbon atom and each of the doubly bonded carbon atoms is attached to two different groups.

Question 22. The following two isomers may be called diastereoisomers but not enantiomers —why? Explain why these are optically inactive.

Answer:

The given pair of isomers have the same structure but different configurations. They are neither superimposable nor bear mirror-image relationships with each other. So they are related to each other as a pair of diastereoisomers and not as enantiomers. Each of these two isomers has a plane of symmetry, i.e., each is superimposable on its mirror image, so these are optically inactive.

Question 23. p nitrophenol is more acidic than phenol.
Answer:

In p-nitrophenol, the electron-attracting — NO2 group by its stronger -R effect and relatively weaker -I effect makes the oxygen atom relatively more positively polarised compared to the oxygen atom of phenol. As a result, the O — H bond in nitrophenol dissociates more easily to give H+ ions. For this reason, p-nitrophenol is more acidic than phenol.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Charge Density
Answer:

In p-nitrosamine, the electron-attracting — NO2 group by its stronger -R effect and relatively weaker -I effect makes the nitrogen atom of the — NH2 group relatively more positive compared to the nitrogen atom of aniline. As a result, the availability of the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen atoms in p-nitroaniline is highly reduced as compared to the unshared electron pair on nitrogen in aniline. For this reason, p-nitroaniline behaves as a weaker base compared to aniline.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitroaniline

Question 24. The dipole moment of vinyl chloride CH2=CHCI) is less than the dipole moment of ethyl chloride (CH3CH2Cl) —explain.
Answer:

In vinyl chloride, the moment caused by the -I effect of Cl-atom (μσ) is partially neutralized by the moment caused by its +R effect (pn). As a result, the value of the net moment of vinyl chloride decreases and it is lower than that of ethyl chloride in which only the stronger -I effect of chlorine operates.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Chlorine Operates

Question 25. Arrange the following ions in order of increasing basicity and explain the order

  1. CH3 CH
  2. CH ≡C
  3. CH2 =CH

Answer:

The order  of increasing basicity of the given ions is:

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH} \equiv \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}(\mathrm{II})<\mathrm{CH}_2=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{III})<\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{I})\)

C -atoms bearing the negative charge in carbanions (1), (2) & (3) are sp³, sp, and sp² -hybridized respectively. Percentages of s -the character of these three hybrid orbitals are 25%, 50%, and 33% respectively.

As the s -the character of hybrid orbital increases, C -atoms bearing the negative charge in carbanions (1), (2) & (3) are sp³, sp, and sp² -hybridized respectively. Percentages of s -the character of these three hybrid orbitals are 25%, 50%, and 33% respectively. As the s -s-character of hybrid orbital increases,

Question 26. Give example:

  1. A non-nucleophilic anion
  2. A planar carbocation
  3. An aromatic carbocation
  4. An aromatic carbanion
  5. A reagent which acts as a source of carbanion
  6. A reaction that does not proceed through intermediate
  7. An aprotic polar solvent
  8. An ambident nucleophile
  9. A neutral electrophile
  10. A group that stabilizes a carbocation
  11. A group that stabilizes a carbanion
  12. An alkyl group which does not supply electrons to a double bond by hyperconjugation
  13. A carbocation that can be stored for years.

Answer:

1. BF4

2. Benzyl cation

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Benzyl Cation

3. Cyclopropenvl cation

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cyclopropenyl

4. Cyclopentadienyl anion

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Anion

5. Grignard reagents \(\left(\mathrm{R}^{\delta-}-\mathrm{M}^{\delta+} \mathrm{gX}\right)\)

6. SN2 reaction

7. Dimethyl formamide [DMP, Me2NCHO]

8. CN \((: \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \equiv \mathrm{N}: \longleftrightarrow: C=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{N}}:)\)

[Nucleophiles having two or more available sites for nucleophilic attack are called ambident nucleophiles)

9. Dichlorocarbene (: CCl2)

10. \(-\ddot{O}:\mathrm{CH}_3\)

11. —NO2

12. —C(CH3)3

13. Triphenylmethylfluoroborate Ph3+CBF4

Question 27. Explain the given basicity order in aqueous medium: )2NH(2°) > CH3NH2(1°) > (CH3)3N(3°)
Answer:

The basic strength of amines in the aqueous medium depends on two factors:

Increased electron density on the N-atom makes an amine more basic.

So considering the +1 effect of different numbers of alkyl groups on the N -atom, the basic strength of amines should follow the order:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Basicity Order

Again, the basicity of an amine increases as stabilization of the conjugate acid, through solvation, increases. The conjugate acid of primary amine attains maximum stability through intermolecular H -bond formation with three molecules of water, while the conjugate base of tertiary amine attains minimum stabilization through such H-bond formation with only one molecule of water.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Formation

Thus based on the stability of the conjugate acids, the basic strength of amines should follow the order: CH3—NH2 > (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N As a consequence of these two opposite orders of basicity practically we find the given sequence of basicity in aqueous medium: (CH2)2NH(2°) > CH3NH2(1°) > (CH3)3N(3°)

Question 28. Which of the two: 2NCH2CH2O or CH3CH2O is expected to be more stable and why?
Answer:

O3 NCH2CH3O is expected to be more stable than CH3CH2O. —NO2 group by strong-I effect disperses the negative charge on O-atom in ion and stabilizes it. On the other hand, the CH3CH2— group by its +1 effect tends to intensify the negative charge on the oxygen atom and hence destabilizes it.

Question 29. CH3Cl undergoes hydrolysis more easily than C6H5Cl. Explain.
Answer:

Unshared electron-pair on chlorine atom in chloro-benzene becomes involved in resonance interaction with the n -electrons of a benzene ring. As a result, the C — Cl bond assumes some double bond character. Thus, the C — Cl bond becomes much stronger and so the displacement of chlorine atom from the ring becomes difficult, i.e., the compound does not undergo hydrolysis easily.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Pair Of Chlorine

On the other hand, the C —Cl bend in CH3— Cl gets no opportunity to assume a double bond character. So r undergoes hydrolysis readily under ordinary conditions.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ordinary Conditions

Question 30. Benzyl chloride participates in SN1 action even though it is a primary (1°) substrate. Explain.
Answer:

Carbocation produced from benzyl chloride in the first step (rate-determining step) of the SN1 reaction is stabilized by resonance. Thus, benzyl chloride participates in the SN1 reaction even though it is a primary (1 °) alkyl halide.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Benzyl Chloride

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Long Questions

Question 31. The Bond Dissociation enthalpy of the C6H5CH2 – H bond is much less than the CH2-H bond Explain
Answer:

Benzyl radical (C6H55CH2) produced by homolytic cleavage of the Csp3 —H bond of toluene is considerably stabilized by resonance. But, the stability of methyl radical (CH3, obtained by homolytic fission of the C—H bond of methane Is not stabilized by any factor and in fact, it is very much unstable. Thus, the C—H bond dissociation enthalpy of toluene is much less than the C —H bond dissociation enthalpy of methane. ,

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Benzyl Radical

Question 32. N, N, 2,6-Tetramethylaniline is more basic than N- dimethylaniline. Explain.
Answer:

Because of steric interaction involving two ortho-methyl groups and two methyl groups attached to nitrogen, the unshared electron-pair on N is not involved in resonance interaction with n -electrons (steric inhibition of resonance) o: ring. To avoid steric strain, the — NMe2 group rotates about the C — N bond axis and thereby loses coplanarity with the ring. As a result, nitrogen can easily donate its unshared electron pair to a proton.

On the other hand, no such steric inhibition occurs in N- dimethylaniline because the two ortho H-atoms are relatively much smaller in size. The unshared electron-pair on N-atom becomes involved in resonance interaction with the ring and therefore, is not fully available for taking up a proton. This explains why N, N,2, O-tetramethylaniline is more basic than N, N -dimethylaniline.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dimethylaniline

Question 33. Chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform. Explain.
Answer:

CF the conjugate base of fluoroform (CHF), is stabilized by the -I effect of 3 F-atoms. But CCl3, the conjugate base of chloroform (CHCl), is relatively more stabilized by the somewhat weaker -I effect of 3 Cl-atoms along with rf-orbital resonance (Cl has vacant rf-orbital). So chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Fluoroform

Question 34. How can you separate benzoic acid and nitrobenzene from their mixture by the technique of extraction using an appropriate chemical reagent?
Answer:

The mixture is shaken with a dilute sodium bicarbonate solution when benzoic acid gets converted to sodium benzoate and dissolves in water leaving nitrobenzene behind. The mixture is extracted with ether or chloroform when nitrobenzene goes into the organic layer. After separating the organic layer, it is distilled to get nitrobenzene. The aqueous layer is acidified with dilute HC1 when benzoic acid gets precipitated. It is obtained by filtration.

C6H5COOH + NaHCO3→C6H5COONa(Sodium benzoate (Soluble)) + CO2 + H2O

Question 35.

  1. Which atoms in a toluene molecule always remain in the same plane and why?
  2. Which atoms in a propyne molecule remain in a straight line and why?

Answer:

1. An sp² is a hybridized carbon atom and the atoms directly attached to it always remain in the same plane. Therefore, in toluene ), all the atoms except 3 H-atoms of the methyl group {i.e., seven C – and five H -atoms) remain in the same plane.

2. An sp -sp-hybridized carbon atom and the atoms directly attached to it remain in a straight line. Therefore, in the propyne molecule (CH3—C = CH), all the atoms except the 3 hydrogen atoms of the methyl group remain in the same straight line.

Question 36. Write the state of hybridization of C -atoms in the following compounds and predict the shape of each of the molecules :

  1. H2C=O
  2. CH2Cl
  3. HC = N
  4. CH2=C=CH2
  5. CH2=C=C=CH2

Answer:

  1. sp² -hybridised C-atom, trigonal planar;
  2. sp² hybridized C-atom, tetrahedral;
  3. sp -hybridized C-atom, linear;
  4. sp², sp and sp² -hybridized C -atoms respectively, elongated tetrahedron;
  5. sp², sp , sp and sp² -hybridised C atom respectively, planar

Question 37.

1. Expand each of the following condensed formulas into their complete structural formulas:

  1. HOCH2CH2NH2
  2. CH3CH=CHCOCH3
  3. CH3C ≡ CCH2COOH

2. Write bond-line formulas of the following two compounds

  1. CH3CH2CH2CH2CHBrCH2CHO
  2. (C2H5)2CHCH2OH

Answer:

1. Condensed Formulas:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas

2. Bond Line Formulas:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas.

Question 38.

1. Expand each of the following bond-line formulas to show all the atoms including C and H.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas C And H

2. How many  σ and π -bonds are present in

  1. CH2=CH—CN and
  2. CH2=C=CHCH3

Answer:

1. Bond-line formulas:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas C And H.

2. σ and π -bonds:

1. σ C -H = 3: σ C -C = 2: π C= C = 1: σ C – N = 1

π C= N= 2 i.e., total σ -bond = 6 and total  π -bond = 3

2.  1. σ C -H = 6: σ C -C = 3: π C= C = 2:

i.e total σ – bond = 9 and total π – bond = 2

Question 39. Which of the given compounds may exist as two or more isomeric forms? Give the structures and names of the possible isomers.

  1. CHBr3
  2. C2H2Cl4
  3. C3H8
  4. C2H5F
  5. C2H4Br2
  6. C6H4Cl2

Answer:

1. No isomer is possible

2. Two isomers are possible : ClCH2CCl3 (1,1,1,2-tetrachloroethane), Cl2CHCHCl2 (1, 2,2-tetrachloroethane)

3. No isomer is possible

4. No isomer is possible;

5. Two isomers are possible : BrCH2CH2Br (1, 2- dibromoethane), CH3CHBr2 (1,1-dibromoethane)

6. Three isomers are possible:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dichloro Benzene

Question 40. Write the structures and IUPAC names of the H—C—C=C-C—C-OH compounds with the molecular formula, C4H8O2. H (in) H
Answer:

The molecular formula, C4H8O2conforms to the general formula of monocarboxylic acids and esters. Therefore the following structures of monocarboxylic acids and esters can be written with the given formula.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Esters

Question 41. Write the structures and IUPAC names of the compounds with molecular formula, C4H10.
Answer:

The molecular formula, C4H10 conforms to the general formula of monohydric alcohols and ethers. Therefore, the structures of the following monohydric alcohols and ethers can be written with the given molecular formula.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alcohols And Ethers

Question 42. Which of the following compounds will exhibit tautomerism and which do not? Give reasons.

  1. CH3COCH3
  2. C6H5COC6H5
  3.  C6H5COCH3
  4. C6H5CHO
  5. Me3CCOCMe3

Answer:

Tautomerism is possible for those carbonyl compounds which contain at least one α-H atom (the H-atom attached to a carbon atom adjacent to the C= O group) Therefore, compounds 1  and 3 containing a-H atom exhibit tautomerism while compounds 2, 4, and 5 containing no α -H atom do not exhibit tautomerism

Question 43. Designate the following pairs as metamers, chain isomers, position isomers, functional isomers, and stereoisomers. Also, indicate which are not isomers at all
Answer:

1. (CH3)2CHC(CH3)3, (CH3)4C

2.  CH3CH2CH2OH, CH3OCH2CH3 CH3

3.
NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomers 3

4. (CH3)CHCOCH3, (CH3)2CHCH2CHO COOH

5. CH3OCH2CH2CH3, CH3CH2OCH2CH3

6.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomer 6

Answer:

  1. The molecular formulas of these two compounds are not identical. Thus, these two are not isomers.
  2. Functional isomers
  3. Position isomers
  4. Functional isomers
  5. Metamers
  6. Stereoisomers (geometrical isomers)

Question 44. Which of the following compounds will exhibit geometrical isomerism and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometrical Isomerism

Answer:

  1. One of the doubly bonded carbon atoms is attached to two identical atoms (Cl). Therefore, the compound will not exhibit geometrical isomerism.
  2. Each doubly bonded C-atom is attached to two different groups (C-2 is attached to CH3 and H, while C-3 is attached to Cl and C2H5 ). So, it will exhibit geometrical isomerism.
  3. The compound will not exhibit geometrical isomerism because each of the two terminal doubly bonded carbon is attached to two identical atoms (H).
  4. The compound will exhibit geometrical isomerism because each of the two ring carbons is attached to two different groups (H and CH3).
  5. The compound will exhibit geometrical isomerism because each of the two ring carbons is attached to two different groups (H and CH3 ).
  6. The compound will not exhibit geometrical isomerism because one of the two doubly bonded carbon atoms is attached to two identical groups (ring moiety.

Question 45. Which of the following compounds are optically active and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Compounds Optically Active

Answer:

  1. The compound contains one asymmetric C-atom (CH3CHBrCH2CH3). So, it is not superimposable on its mirror image and hence, it is optically active.
  2. The molecule has a plane of symmetry and it is superimposable on its mirror image. Therefore, it is optically inactive.
  3. The molecule is not superimposable on its mirror image. So, it is optically active.
  4. The molecule is not superimposable on its mirror image. So, it is optically active.
  5. This planar compound is superimposable on Its mirror image. So, it is optically inactive.

Question 46. Which type of stereoisomerism is exhibited by the compound, CH3CH=CH —CH=CHC2H5? How many stereoisomers are possible? Draw the structures and designate them as E/Z.
Answer:

The compound exhibits geometrical isomerism because the groups attached to each of the terminal doubly bonded carbon atoms are different. The number of geometrical isomers = 2n (n = number of double bonds) =2² = 4. These are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Terminal Doubly Bonded

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Long Questions

Question 47. Name a compound having; two dissimilar asymmetric carbon atoms and write Its structure. What type of isomerism does It exhibit? Draw Fischer projection formulas of the Isomers and comment on their optical activity. How are (lie Isomers related to each other? m Explain the orders of acidity of carboxylic acids:
Answer:

Compound containing two dissimilar asymmetric carbon atoms  \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{*}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HOH} \stackrel{*}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HBr} \mathrm{CH}_3\right)\).

The compound may have 2n(n = no. of dissimilar asymmetric carbon atom)22 = 4 possible stereoisomers. Projection formulas of these Isomers are as follows

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Active

The relations among the isomers are as follows: (1, 2) and (3, 4) are two pair of enantiomers whereas (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), and (2, 4) are four pairs of diastereomer.

Question 48. Arrange cis-but-2-ene, trans-but-2-ene, and but-I-ene H3C in increasing order of their stability and give reason.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkanes

But-2 -ene (CH3CH=CHCH3) contains sixa-H atoms while but-l-ene (CH3CH2CH=CH2) contains only two o-H -atoms capable of participating in hyperconjugation. Therefore, because of more effective hyperconjugation, but-2- ene is thermodynamically more stable than but-l-ene.

Again, due to steric interaction between two methyl groups on the same side of the double bond in cis-but-2-ene, it is relatively less stable than the trans-isomer in which no such steric interaction operates between the methyl groups situated on the opposite sides of the double bond.

Question 49. CH3Cl is unreactive towards SN1 reaction—why?
Answer:

The stability of the carbocation obtained in the first step (rate¬determining step) of an SN1 reaction determines whether the reaction will take place or not. Since methyl cation [+ CH3 ] is a very unstable one, methyl chloride is unreactive toward the SN1 reaction

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Methyl Chloride

Question 50. Explain the orders of acidity of carboxylic acids

  1. Cl3CCOOH > Cl2CHCOOH > ClCH2COOH
  2. CH3CI2COOH>(CH3)2CHCOOH >(CH3)3CCOOH

Answer:

1. -I effect explains this order of acid strength. As the number of halogen atoms on the a -carbon decreases, the overall -I effect decreases and as a consequence, the acid strength decreases

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Least Acidic Question

2. + 1 effect explains the given order of acid strength. As the number of methyl groups attached to the a -carbon atom increases, the overall +1 effect increases, and consequently, the acid strength decreases

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Least Acidic

Question 51. Explain why an organic liquid vaporizes below its boiling point when it undergoes steam distillation.
Answer:

In steam distillation, the sum of the vapor pressures of water and organic liquid becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure. This means that both of them distill at a pressure much lower than the atmospheric pressure, i.e., both of them will vapourize at a temperature that is less than their normal boiling points.

Question 52. 

1. Write the state of hybridization of C -atoms mentioned In each of the following compounds:

  1. C-4 of Pcnt-l-cn-4-one
  2. C-l of I’ropanoic acid
  3. C-3 of Penta-2,3-diet,
  4. C-3 of Pcntan-3-one and
  5. C. -3 of 3,3-dietliylpcntane

2. Which atoms of each of the following molecules/ions always remain in the same plane?

1. CH3CH = CHCH3

2. C6H5C ≡ C—CN

3. C6H5CH3

4. CH2=C=C=CH2

5. CH3COCH3

6. CH3CONH2

7. Cl3 C —CH=CH—CH2

8. (CD3)3C+

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Same Plane 9

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Same Plane 10

11. –CH2COCH2CH3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Same Plane 12

13. (CH3)2+CH — NH2

Answer:

1. If four valencies of carbon atoms are satisfied by four single bonds, then it is sp³ -hybridized. Iffour valencies are satisfied. By one double bond and two single bonds, then it is sp² -hybridized. Iffour valencies are satisfied by one triple bond and one single bond or by two double bonds, then it is sp -hybridized.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Valencies Of Carbon

2. An sp² -hybridized C -atom and the atoms directly attached to it remain in the same plane. Again, an sp -sp-hybridized C atom along with die atoms with which it is directly attached remain in a straight line. Therefore, in a molecule containing bond sp² -and sp -hybridized carbons, all the atoms remain in the same plane (except 1, 2-dienes).

A negatively charged C -atom (or a heteroatom containing lone pairs of electrons such as N, O, etc.) adjacent to a double bond is sp² – hybridized, and tire atoms attached to that carbon or heteroatom remain in the plane of the system containing the double bond.

Therefore, the atoms in the given molecules/ions that remain in the same plane are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Molecules And Ions

The boiling point of its pure organic liquid is 70°C. There are two samples of tills liquid having boiling ranges:

  1. 76-78°C and
  2. 69-78°C respectively.

Question 53. 

  1. The electronic configuration of C-atom is: ls²2s²2p², yet its valency is four —why?
  2. The four C —H bonds of methane molecule are equivalent — explain with reasons.

Answer:

During a chemical reaction, the carbon atoms gain energy and promote one of the two electrons of the 2s -orbital to the higher 2pz -orbital. Thus in the excited state, the electronic configuration of carbon becomes  ls²2s¹2p¹x2p¹y2p¹z.

At this condition, the valence shell of the C-atom contains four unpaired electrons. Thus, the C -atom can form four covalent bonds using four unpaired electrons. This explains why carbon having electronic configuration, ls²2s²2p² is tetravalent.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Configuration Of Tetravalent

The equivalency of four C—H bonds in methane (CH4) be explained by the concept of hybridization of orbitals. In the excited state, the four valence orbitals of carbon, i.e., one 2s and three 2p orbitals possessing slightly different energies mix up and result in the formation of four equivalent sp3 -hybrid orbitals. These hybrid orbitals overlap with the four Is -orbitals of four H -atoms to form four C—H bonds which are also equivalent (same bond length and bond strength)

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Configuration Of Tetravalent

Question 54. 

1. Arrange sp, sp² & sp³ -orbitals in increasing order of:

  1. Bond length
  2. Bond angle
  3. Bond energy
  4. Size of orbitals and
  5. S -character.

2. Organic compounds are usually water-insoluble. Why?

3. Write the structure of the smallest hydrocarbon having the empirical formula C2H. What is the shape of the molecule?

4. Draw the p -p-orbitals involved in forming n -n-bonds in the molecule, CH2=C =CH2, and predict whether the molecule is planar or not.
Answer:

1.

  1. sp—sp<sp²—sp²<sp³—sp³
  2. sp³ < sp² < sp
  3. sp³—sp³ < sp²—sp² < sp—sp
  4. sp < sp² < sp³
  5. sp³ < sp² < sp

2. Organic compounds are covalent. Thus they do not get ionised. Moreover, they are usually less polar or non-polar compounds and hence do not dissolve in highly polar solvents, or water.

3. The compound is (C2H)2 or C4H2 and its structure is HC = C —C = CH. The shape of the molecule is linear because all the C -atoms are sp -hybridized.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Molecule Is Non Planar

The molecule is non-planar because the two planes containing one C-atom and two H-atoms are perpendicular to each other

Question 55. Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

1. CH3CHClCHBrCH3

2. CH3CHFCOCH2CH3

3.  (CH3)2CHCH2OH

4. CH3COOCH(CH3)2

5. CH3CHBrCH(CH3)COOII

6. CH3CHOHCH2CHO

7.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Compound 7 Option

8.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Compounds 8 Option

9. HC ≡ CCH(CH3)CH=CH2

10. CH3OCH(CH3)CH2CH3

11. CH3CHClCH2CONH2

12. BrCH2CBr2(CH2)3CHCl2

13.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Compounds 13 Option

14. CH3COCH2COCH3

Answer:

  1. 2-bromo-3-chlorobutane
  2. 2-fluoropentan-3-one
  3. 2-methyldopa-l-ol
  4. Isopropyl ethanoate
  5. 3-bromo-2-methyl butanoic acid
  6. 3-hydroxy butanal
  7. 2,3,5-trimethyl-4-propylheptane (the chain containing a maximum number of substituents is considered as the principal chain).
  8. 3-ethyl-2, 4, 5-trimethyl heptane
  9. 3-methyl pent-l-en-4-one
  10. 2-methoxyflurane
  11. 3-chloro-butanamide
  12. 5,5,6-tribromo-l,l-dichlorohexane
  13. 5-sec-butyl-4-isopropyl decane or 4-(l-methyl ethyl)-5-  (1-methyl propyl) decane
  14. Pentane-2,4-dione

Question 56. Write structures of the following: 

  1. Hept-5-en-1-one
  2. 1-bromo-2-ethoxyethane
  3. 3-chloropropanoyl bromide
  4. 1-chloroprocaine-2-amine
  5. 4-iodo-3- nitro butanal
  6. 3-phenyl prop-2-enoic acid
  7. Ethanoic methanoic anhydride
  8. 2-carbomoylpropanoic acid
  9. Pentane-2,4-dione
  10. 5-formyl-3-oxo pentanoic acid
  11. Ferf-butyl alcohol
  12. But-2-ene-1,4-dioic acid
  13. Trimethylacetic acid
  14. Diethylbutane-1,4-dioate
  15. 3-(carboxymethyl) pentanoic acid
  16. 1,3-dimethyl cyclo hex-l-ene

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Structures Following

Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Long Question and Answers

 Question 57. Draw resonance structures of the following compounds.

  1. C6H5NO2
  2. CH3CH=CHCHO
  3. C6H5CHO
  4. C6H5CH2
  5. CH3CH=CHCH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reasoning Structures

Question 58. 

  1.  A mixture of ether and water can be separated by simple distillation.
  2. Water present in rectified spirit can be removed by azeotropic distillation.
  3. Benzoic add can be extracted from its aqueous solution using benzene.
  4. Sugar containing NaCl as an impurity can be purified by crystallization using ethanol but not water.

Answer:

  1. There is a considerable difference between the boiling points of ether and water Hence, at the boiling point of more volatile ether, the vapors almost exclusively consist of ether and at the boiling point of less volatile water, the vapors almost entirely consist of water Thus, these can be separated by simple distillation.
  2. A mixture of water and rectified spirit forms an azeotropic mixture, i.e., the constituents of this mixture cannot be separated into their components by fractional distillation. So, azeotropic distillation is required to remove the water-rectified spirit.
  3. Benzene is immiscible ’with water but benzoic add is highly soluble in benzene, Hence, benzoic add can be extracted from its aqueous solution using benzene.
  4. Sugar is soluble in hot ethanol whereas common salt remains insoluble. Thus, impure sugar can be purified by crystallization. However, purification is not possible using water as a solvent because both components become readily soluble in water

Question 59. In the Lassa goe’s test, NH2OH.HCl responds to the test for the element chlorine but not for the element nitrogen, explain
Answer:

As there is no carbon (C) atom in NH2OH.HCl, NaCN is not produced in the first step by the reaction between sodium (Na) and C.

Hence, the formation of sodium ferrocyanide and ferric ferrocyanide (Prussian blue) in the subsequent step does not take place. Therefore NH2OH HCl does not respond to Lassaigne’s test for nitrogen.

But chlorine (Cl) present in NH2OH-HCl combines with Na metal to form soluble NaCl which reacts with AgNO3 in the subsequent step to produce a white precipitate of AgCl which is soluble in ammonium hydroxide

Na + Cl → NaCl ; NaCl + AgNO3→AgCl ↓(white) + NaNO3

AgCl + 2NH4OH → [Ag(NH3)2]Cl (water soluble) + 2H2O

Question 60. What are the hybridization states of each C- atom in the compounds:

  1. CH2=C= O
  2. CH3CH=CH2
  3. (CH3)2CO
  4. CH2=CHCN
  5. C6H6

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hybridization States

Question 61. Indicate the σ and π bonds in the following Heptan-4-one molecules:

  1. C6H6
  2. C6H12
  3. CH2CI2,
  4. CH2=C=CH2
  5. CH3NO2
  6. HCONHCH3

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sigma And Pie Bonds

Question 62. Write bond-line formulas for:

  1. Isopropyl alcohol,
  2. 2,3-dimethyl butanal
  3. Heptan-4-one

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formula

Question 63.  Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Given The IUPAC Compounds

Answer:

  1. Propylbenzene
  2. 3-methylpentanenitrile,
  3. 2,5-dimethyl heptane
  4. 3-bromo:3-chloroheptane,
  5. 3-chloro-propanal
  6. 2,2-dichloroethanol.

Question 64. Which of the following represents the correct IUPAC CHO name for the compounds concerned?

  1. 2,2-dimetliyIpentane or 2-dimethyl pentane
  2. 2,4,7-trimethylolethane or 2,5,7-trimethylolethane
  3. 2-chloro-4-methyl pentane or 4-chloro-2-methyl pentane
  4. But-3-yne-l-ol or But-4-ol-l-yne.

Answer:

  1. 2,2-dimethyl pentane (two alkyl groups are on the same carbon and hence the locant is repeated twice).
  2. 2,4,7-trimethyloctane (since 2,4,7 locant set is lower than the set 2,5,7).
  3. 2-chloro-4-methylpentane (alphabetical order of substituents is maintained).
  4. But-3-one-l-ol (using lower locant for the principal functional group)

Question 65. Draw formulas for the first 5 members of each homologous series beginning with the given compounds:

  1. HCOOH
  2. CH3COCH3
  3. H-CH=CH2

Answer:

1. HCOOH , CH3COOH, CH3CH2COOH,CH3CH2CH2COOH,CH3CH2CH2CH2COOH

2. CH3COCH3 , CH3COCH2CH3, CH3COCH2CH2CH3 ,CH3CH2COCH2CH3, CH3COCH2CH2CH2CH3

3. CH=CH2 , CH3CH=CH2 , CH3CH2CH=CH2 , CH3CH2CH2CH=CH2, CH3CH2CH2CH2CH=CH2

Question 66. Give condensed and bond line structural formulas i and identify the functional group(s) present, if any, I for:

  1. 2,2,4-trimethylpentane
  2. 2-hydroxyl, 2,3-propane tricarboxylic acid
  3. Hexanediol

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Condensed Formula

Question 67. Identify the functional groups in given compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Functional Groups

Answer:

1.  —OH (phenolic hydroxyl), —CHO (aldehyde), — OMe (methoxy).

2. — NH2 [1° amino (aromatic)], —CO2—CH2— (ester), -N(C2H5)2 (3° amino)

3.  —CH=CH— (ethylenic double bond), — NO2 (nitro)

Long Answer Questions Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 68. 0.4 g of an organic compound containing N was Kjeldahlised and NH3 obtained was passed into 50 mL (N/2) H2SO4 solution. The volume of the acid solution was increased to 150 mL by adding distilled water. 20 mL of this acid solution required 31 mL (N2O) NaOH for complete neutralization. Calculate the percentage of N.
Answer:

20 mL of (partially neutralized) diluted acid solution

= 31mL \(\frac{1}{20}\) NaOH solution.

= 15.5

Strength of(partially neutralized) diluted acid solution

= \(31 \times \frac{1}{20} \times \frac{1}{20}(\mathrm{~N})=\frac{31}{400}(\mathrm{~N})\)

Amount of H2SO4 present in 150 mL (partially Amount of H2S04 present in 150 mL (partially

= \(\frac{31 \times 150}{400 \times 1000}\)

Now, 50mLof \(\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{~N}) \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\) solution contains = \(\frac{1 \times 50}{2 \times 1000}\) g-equiv. H2SO4

NH3 produced by decomposition 0.4 g of the organic compound = \(\left(\frac{50}{2000}-\frac{31 \times 150}{400000}\right)\)

= 0.013375 g-equivalent

= 0.013375 X×17 g

Now, 0.013375 x 17 g NH3 = \(\frac{14}{17} \times 0.013375\)

% of the nitrogen in the organic compound

= \(\frac{14 \times 0.013375}{0.4} \times 100\)

= 46.81

Question 69. Expand each of the following condensed formulas into their complete structural formulas:

  1. CH3CH2COCH2CH2CI
  2. CH3CH= CH(CH2)4CH3
  3.  BrCH2CH2C=CCH2CH3

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Complete Their Structural Formulas

Question 70. Write down the condensed structural formula and bond¬ line structural formula for each of the following molecules:

1. ICH2CH2CH2CH2CH(CH3)CH2

2.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Line Structural Formula

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Structural Formulas

Question 71. Expand each of the following bond-line formulas to show all the atoms including carbon and hydrogen:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Including Carbon And Hydrogen

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbon And Hydrogen.

Question 72. Explain why alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a n system.
Answer:

Due to hyperconjugation (cr, n conjugation), alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a n -system. This is shown in the case of propane—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Propene

Question 73. Draw the resonance structures for the following compounds. Show the electron shift using curved arrow notation:

  1. C6H5OH
  2. C6H5NO2
  3. CH3CH=CHCHO
  4. C6H5— CHO
  5. C6H5—CH2
  6. CH3CH=CHCH2

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Curved Arrow Notation

Question 74. Identify the reagents underlined in the following ey=o + H2O equations as nucleophiles or electrophiles

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophiles

Answer:

  1. Nucleophile OH
  2. Nucleophile (CN)
  3. Electrophile (CH3+CO)

Question 75. Classify the following reactions in one of the reaction types studied in this unit.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reaction Type Of Studied

Answer:

  1. Nucleophilic substitution
  2. Electrophilic addition
  3. P -Elimination
  4. Nucleophilic substitution & rearrangement

Question 76. What is the relationship between the members of the following pairs of structures? Are they structural or geometrical isomers or resonance contributors?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Contributors

Answer:

  1. Structural isomers (position isomers as well as metamers)
  2. Geometrical isomers
  3. Resonance contributors

Question 77. For the given bond cleavages, use curved arrows to show the electron flow and classify each as homolysis or heterolysis. Identify reactive intermediate produced as free radical, carbonation, and carbanion.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Intermediate Produced

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Intermediate Answer

Question 78. Write down the IUPAC names of the alkyl groups having the molecular formula, C4H6.
Answer:

Four alkyl groups are possible. These are

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 4 Alkyl Group

Question 79. Give the structural difference O aldehyde C & ketonic groups.
Answer:

An aldehyde group (—CHO) is a carbonyl group in which one valency of the carbonyl carbon is satisfied by a H-atom, and the other valency is satisfied by another atom or an alkyl group. On the other hand, the keto group is also a carbonyl group in which two valencies of the carbonyl carbon are satisfied by two alkyl groups.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Aldehyde Ketone Group

Question 80. Both formic acid (HCOOH) and acetic acid (CH3COOH) contain the same functional group, yet there are some differences in their chemical properties—explain.
Answer:

The structural formula of formic acid is such that it can be said to contain  said to contain a  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Formic Acid as well as  

So it exhibits the properties of both —CHO and

—COOH groups. But acetic acid contains only

—COOH group and hence it exhibits the properties of compounds containing only carboxyl group

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Formic And Acetc Acid

Question 81. Label the primary (1°), secondary (2°), tertiary (3°), and quaternary (4°) carbon atoms in the following compound:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 1 And 2 And 3 And 4 Carbon Atoms

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 1 And 2 And 3 And 4 Carbon Atoms Answer

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Long Answer Solutions

Question 82. Write down the IUPAC and common names of each of the given compounds:

  1. CH3CH= CH2
  2. CH3C=CCH3
  3. CH3CHOHCH3
  4. CH3OCH2CH2CH3
  5. CH3CH2CHO
  6. CH3COC2H5
  7. C2H5COOH
  8. C2H2COCl
  9. CH3CONH2
  10. CH3CO2C2H5
  11. CH3CH2NH2
  12. CH3NHCH2CH3
  13. (CH3)2NCH2CH3
  14. CH3CH2CN

Answer:

  1. Propene; Propylene
  2. But-2-yen; Dimethylacetylene
  3. Propan-2-ol; Isopropyl alcohol
  4. 1-methoxy propane; Methyl /t-propyl ether
  5. Propanal; Propionaldehyde
  6. Butan-2-one; Ethyl methyl ketone
  7. Propanoic acid; Propionic acid
  8. Propanoyl chloride; Propionyl chloride
  9. Propanamide; Propionamide
  10. Ethyl ethanoate; Ethyl acetate
  11. Ethanamine; Ethylamine
  12. Methylethanamine; Ethylmethylamine
  13. N, N-dimethylethanolamine; Ethyldimethylamine
  14. Propanenitrile; Ethyl cyanide

Question 83. Write down the structures of the following compounds:

  1. 2-Iodopropane
  2. Hex-3-one
  3. Pent-l-ene
  4. 2,2-Dichloropropane
  5. 1, l, 1, 2-Tetrachloroethane
  6. Propan-2-ol
  7. Propane-1,3-diol
  8. Butane-1,2,3-triol.
  9. 2-Methoxypropane
  10. 2-Methylpentanoic acid
  11. 2,2-Dimethylbutanal
  12. Pentan-3-one 
  13. Butanoyl chloride
  14. Aceticformic anhydride
  15. Ethylmethanoate
  16. N-Methylmethanamine
  17. N-Ethyl-N-methylhexanamine
  18. Butanenitrile.

Answer:

  1. CH3CHICH3
  2. CH3CH2C=CCH2CH3
  3. CH3CH2CH2CH=CH2
  4. CH3CCl2CH3
  5. CH2Cl CCl3,
  6. CH3CH(OH)CH3
  7. HOCH2CH2CH2OH
  8. CH3CH(OH)CH(OH)CH2OH
  9. CH3CH(OCH3)CH3
  10. CH3CH2CH2CH(CH3)COOH
  11. CH3CH2C(CH3)2CHO,
  12. CH3CH2COCH2CH3
  13. CH3CH3CH2COCl
  14. CH3COOCHO
  15. HCOOCH2CH3
  16. CH3NHCH3
  17.  CH3CH2N(CH3)CH2CH3
  18. CH3CH2CH2CN

Question 84. Write down the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Following Compounds

Answer:

  1. 3-ethyl-5-methyl heptane,
  2. 2,2-dimethylbutane
  3. 2,2,4-trimethylpentane,
  4. 3-ethyl-2,2,4-trimethylpentane
  5. 4-(1,1-dimethyl ethyl)heptane
  6. 3,4-diethyl hexane
  7. 6-ethyl-2-methyl-5-(1,1-dimethyl ethyl)octane

Question 85. What is wrong with the following names? Draw the structures they represent and write their correct names.

  1. 1,1-dimethyl hexane
  2. 3-methyl-5-methyl heptane
  3. 4, A-dimethyl-3-ethyl pentane
  4. 3, 4,7-trimethylolethane
  5. 3,3-diethyl-2, A, Atrimethylpentane

Answer:

  1. (CH3)2CHCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 – 2-methylheptane
  2. CH3CH2CH2C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH2CH3 – 4,4-dimethyl octane
  3. CH3CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH2CH3)2–  3-ethyl-5-methyl heptane
  4. CH3C(CH3)2CH(CH2CH3)2 –  3-ethyl-2, 2-dimethyl pentane
  5. CH3CH2CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH(CH3)2 –  2,5,6-trimethylolethane
  6. (CH3)2CHC(CH2CH3)2C(CH3)3 –  3,3-diethyl-2,2,4-trimethylpentane

Question 86. Give the IUPAC name of the following alkane containing complex substituents:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkane Containing Complex

Answer:  3-ethyl-7,7-fels(2,4-dimethylhexyl)-5,9,11-trimethyltridecane

Question 87. Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Question IUPAC Following Compounds

Answer:

  1. 3-ethyl pent-1-ene,
  2. 3-ethyl hex-1-en-5-one
  3. 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl but-1-ene
  4. Pent-3-en-1-one
  5. 3-methyihexa-1,5-diene
  6.  3-isobutylhept-1-en-4-yne
  7. 3-propylhept-l-ene,
  8. 3-methyl-4-methylidenehept-1-en-6-yne
  9. Hexa- 1,3-dien-5-one,
  10. 5-methylhepta-1,2,6-triene

Question 88. Write down the structures of the following compounds

  1. Pent-3-en-1-one
  2. 3-methylpenta-1, 4-diyne
  3. 3-(2-methylpropyl)hept- 1-en-4-yne
  4. 3-ethylpenta-1,3-diene
  5. 5-ethynylhepta-1,3,6-triene
  6. 4-ethyl-4-methylhex-1-one

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Yne And Hepta And Ene Structures

Question 89. Write down the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names Of The Following Compounds Question

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names Of The Following Compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names Of The Following Compounds.

 

Question 90. Write down the structures of the following:

  1. 2-methyl butanol chloride
  2. 5-chloro-3-ethylpentan-2-one
  3. Diethyl butane-1, A-date
  4. Methyl-2-methyl prop- 2-en-1-rate 
  5. 3-phenyl prop-2-enoic acid
  6. Propane- 1,2,3-tricarboxamide.

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write Down The Structures Following

Question 91. Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

  1. CH3COCH2COOC2H5
  2. H2NCH2CH2CH2COOH
  3. CH3CH(CN)CH2COCH3

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ethyl Oxobutanoate

Question 92. Write down the structures of the following compounds:

  1. 3-formylpentanoic acid
  2. 3-hydroxyl-oxopentanal
  3. 2, 3-dihydroxy butane dioic acid
  4. 3-hydroxy cyclohexanone
  5. 3-hydroxy-3-methyl butane-2-one

Answer: 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Following Compounds

Organic Chemistry Techniques Long Answer Class 11 NCERT

Question 93. Write the structures of the following compounds:

  1. 2-chloro-2-methyl butane-1-ol
  2. 4-amino-2-ethyl pent-2-enal
  3. Hex-A-in-2-one
  4. 1-bromo-3-chloracyclohex-1-ene
  5. But-2-ene-l, 4-dioic acid
  6. 4-nitrogen-l-one Ethyl 3-methoxy – 4-nitro butanoate

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write The Structures 2 Chloro

Question 94. What type of structural isomerism is exhibited by the following pairs of isomers?

1. CH3CHCOOH and CH3COOCH3

2. CH3 —C≡C — CH3 and CH3CH2C≡CH

3. CH2= CHOH and CH3CHO

4. CH2 = CH(CH2)3CH3 and C6H6

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomers

6. CH3CH2CH2OH and (CH3)2CHOH

Answer:

  1. Functional group isomerism
  2. Position isomerism
  3. Tautomerism (special case of functional group isomerism)
  4. Ring-chain isomerism
  5. Position isomerism
  6. Position isomerism

Question 95. Which two of the following compounds are

  1. Position isomers
  2. Tautomers
  3. Ring-chain isomers
  4. Metamers
  5. Chain isomers and
  6. Functional isomers

Answer:

  1. Position isomers: (h) and (k),
  2. Tautomers: (a) and (f)
  3. Ring-chain isomers: (e) and (j)
  4. Metamers : (c) and (g)
  5. Chain isomers: (b) and (i)
  6. Functional isomers: (d) and (l)

Question 96. Identify the optically active and optically inactive compounds:

1. CH3CHOHC2H5

2. CH3CH2OH

3. C2HgCHBrCH(CH3)2

4.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Inactive

5. CH3CH=CHC2H5

Answer:

(1), (3), and (4) will be optically active as each of these molecules contains one asymmetric center.

But (2) & (5) are optically inactive as they do not have a symmetric center.

Question 97. Which of the following will exhibit geometrical or cis-trans isomerism and which of them will not? Give reasons.

1. CH3CH=CBr2

2. BrCH=CHCH2CH3

3. CH2=CH —CH=CH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomerism 4 Option

5. CH2=CHCH=CHCH=CH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomerism 5. 6 And 7 Option

Answer:

(2), (5), (6), (7), and (8) exhibit geometrical isomerism.

But (1), (3), and (4) do not exhibit geometrical isomerism.

Question 98. Draw the Fischer projectionformulas of all stereoisomers CH3CHBrCHClCOOH. Mention how they are related to each other
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Enantiomers And Diastereomers

Enantiomers: 1 and 2, 3 and 4

Diastereomers: 1 and 3; 1 and 4; 2 and 3; 2 and 4

Question 99. Write down the structure and IUPAC names of two isomeric optically active alkanes having the lowest molecular mass.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dimethylpentane

Question 100. Which of the following compounds are meso-compounds and which are not? Give reasons

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Meso Compounds
Answer:

(2) and (3) are meso compounds (they are optically inactive due to the presence of a center of symmetry). (1) is optically active. It contains two asymmetric centers and it is not superimposable on its mirror image.

Question 101. Arrange in order of decreasing basic strength and show(XI) Pari-n reasons: CH3—CH=NH,  CH3—C=N, CH3 — NH2

Ongoing from  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrogen Increases

in CH3NH2, CH3CH=NH and CH3C=N, the unshared electron pairs are in sp³ , sp² and sp -orbitals respectively. As the s -character of the hybrid orbital (containing lone pair) of N -atom increases, the electrons are drawn closer to the nitrogen nucleus, and hence electron donating ability of the amino nitrogen decreases causing a decrease in basicity.

Thus basic strength decreases in the sequence:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Strength Of Decreases

Question 102. Arrange in order of increasing acidity and give reasons: CH3CH2OH, (CH3)3 COH, CH3OH, (CH3)2CHOH
Answer:

Since alkyl groups have a +1 effect, there will be an increased electron displacement towards the oxygen atom on going from primary to secondary to tertiary alcohol. This may be represented (qualitatively) as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Primary Secondary Teritary Alcohols

Question 103. Arrange the following anions in order of increasing stability and give reasons: CH2=CH, CH3CH2, CH = C
Answer:

The greater the -ve charge on the oxygen atom, the closer the displacement of the covalent pair in the O —H bond to the hydrogen atom, hence separation of a proton becomes increasingly difficult. Thus the acid strengths of alcohols will be in the following order:

(CH3)3COH < (CH3)2CHOH < CH3CH2OH < CH3OH

Ongoing from \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2→\mathrm{CH}_2=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}→\mathrm{HC} \equiv \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}\) it is seen that the unshared electron pairs of the carbanion carbons are in sp³, sp² and sp -hybrid orbitals respectively. As the s -s-character of the hybrid orbitals increases, the electrons are drawn closer to the nucleus of the carbanion carbon, and hence the ability to hold the electron pair increases, causing successive increases in stability. Stability order

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2<\mathrm{CH}_2=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}<\mathrm{CH} \equiv \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Question 104. Which of the following pairs do not represent two resonance structures and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Structures
Answer:

The two structures which differ in the positions of atoms are not resonance structures. Thus the pair of structures given in (1), (2), and (5) do not represent resonance structures.

Question 105. In between CH3COOH and CH3COO, which one is more resonance stabilized and why?
Answer:

Both CH3COOH and CH3COO are resonance hybrids of two canonical forms. But one of the resonance structures of CH3COOH involves separation of charge, while none of the resonance structures of CH3COO involves any separation of charge (also these structures are equivalent). Hence CH3COO is more resonance stabilized compared to CH3COOH.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Equivalent And Non Equivalent Resonance

Question 106. Which N -atom of guanidine Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques N Atom Guanidineis more basic and why
Answer:

Protonation on tire doubly bonded N -atoms produces a cation (conjugate acid) which is stabilized by resonance involving three equivalent canonical forms. On the other hand protonation on either of the singly bonded N-atoms produces a cation (conjugate acid) which is not stabilised by resonance. Thus the doubly bonded N-atom of guanidine is more basic.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stabilised By Resonance

Question 107. Which of the two N atoms of the following compound undergoes protonation and why?
Answer:

N-atom ofthe ring ‘A’ undergoes protonation because the resultant cation (conjugate acid) is stabilized by resonance. The n-atom of the ring ‘B’ does not undergo protonation because in that case the resulting cation will not be stabilized by resonance.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ring A And Ring B Stabilised By Resonance

Question 108. Which resonance structure in each of the following compounds contributes more towards the hybrid and why?
Answer:

  • The 1st structure contributes more because both C and N have octets of electrons in their valence shells.
  • The 1st structure contributes more because it involves no separation of charge.
  • The 2nd structure contributes more as the -ve charge is on the more electronegative O-atom.
  •  The 1st structure contributes more because there is separation of charge. The 2nd structure involves the separation of charge; also the +ve charges, on the adjacent atoms, repel each other.
  • The 1st structure contributes more compared to the 2nd structure. The 2nd structure is highly unstable as it contains a negative N-atom.

Question 109. Which of the following compounds can be represented as a resonance hybrid and which of them can the? Give reasons.

1.  CH3CH2OH,

2.CH3CONH2

3. CH3CH=CHCH2NH2

4. H2N—CH=CH— NO2

5. 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hybrid

Answer:

Structures and (3) can not be represented as resonance hybrids because lone pairs on the O-atom or N-atom can not undergo delocalization. However, structures (2), (4) and (5) can be represented as resonance hybrids.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Hybrids

Question 110.  Why are the three carbon-oxygen bonds In carbonate (CO3-2) ion equal in length?

This is so because the CO3-2 ion is a resonance hybrid of three equivalent canonical forms.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Conical Forms

Question 111. Which one between phenol and cyclohexanol is more acidic and why?
Answer:

Phenol is a stronger acid than cyclohexanol.

It can be explained as follows:

1. Due to resonance, the O-atom of the OH group acquires a +ve charge and so the release of the proton is facilitated

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Proton Facilitated

2. When phenol ionizes, the formed phenoxide ion is also a resonance hybrid, but it is more stabilized by resonance than a unionized phenol molecule because of the spreading of a negative charge only. In the unionized molecule, resonance involves the separation of charge

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Phenol Ionises

Such effects are not possible in the case of cyclohexanol and hence proton release is not facilitated.

Long Questions for Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12 NCERT

Question 112. Arrange the following ions in order of increasing stability and give your reasons
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Order Of Increasing Stability

Question 113. Which one between 2-methylbut-2-ene and 2-methylbut-1- ene has higher heat of hydrogenation and why?
Answer:

In structure 3+ve charge on the carbon is involved in I delocalization with the benzene ring.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Benzene Ring

In structure (1), +ve charge on the carbon is involved in delocalization not only with the benzene ring but also with N-atom of the \(\ddot{\mathrm{N}}\)Me2 group, thereby making this structure more stable than (III).

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Structure More Stable

Structure (2) is the least stable because +ve charge on the carbon can not be involved in delocalization with the aromatic ring (steric inhibition of resonance)

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Steric Inhibition Of Resonance Rings

Question 114. Arrange the following ions in order of increasing stability and give your reasons
Answer:

2-Methylbut-2-ene contains nine hyperconjugable α-H -atoms, so this molecule is involved in effective hyperconjugation. As a result, this molecule gains extra stability and it has relatively lower heat of hydrogenation. On the other hand, 2-methylbut-1-ene contains only five hypercoagulable α-H -atoms so the effect of hyperconjugation stabilizing this molecule is relatively less. Thus it has a relatively higher heat of hydrogenation.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nine And Five Alpha Atoms

Question 115. The C—C bond in acetaldehyde (CH3CHO) is shorter than that in ethane while the C— C bond in trifluoro acetaldehyde (CF3CHO) is essentially the same as that in ethane. Explain
Answer:

Acetaldehyde molecule contains three α-H -atoms. These H-atoms are involved in hyperconjugation with the double bond of the carbonyl group. So C—C bonds in acetaldehyde have a partial double bond character. In ethane the C—C bond has pure single bond character.

Thus C — C bond in acetaldehyde is shorter than that in ethane. Trifluoroacetaldehyde does not have a-H -atoms. So hyper-conjugation is not possible in CF3CHO.

Thus, the C — C bond in CF3CHO is essentially the same as that in ethane.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Same Ethane

Question 116. Arrange the following isomeric alkenes in order of increasing stability and give your reasons:

  1. (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2 (1)
  2. CH2=CHCH2CH2CH3 (2)
  3. CH3CH=CHCH(CH3)2 (3)
  4. CH3CH =C(CH3)CH2CH3 (4)

Answer:

The stability of an alkene is determined by the number of hyperconjugative structures, which in turn is dictated by the number of α-H -atoms (concerning the olefinic carbons) present in the molecule. The greater the number of hyperconjugative structures, the higher the stability of the alkene Now the number of ar-H -atoms in the alkene 1, 2, 3, and 4 are 12, 2, 4, and 8 respectively. Thus stability of the alkanes follows the sequence: 2 < 3< 4 < 1.

Question 117. Which one of the following two conformations of butane is more stable and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Butane Stable

Answer:

Eclipsed conformation I, in which methyl groups on two adjacent carbons are just opposite to each other. In this conformation steric strain and bond opposition strain are maximum, hence this conformation is most unstable.

Anti-conformation II, in which methyl groups are as far apart as possible, is most stable due to minimum repulsion between methyl groups. Note that, there is no bond opposition strain in this conformation.

Question 118. Which of the 2 geometric isomers I of Me3CCH=CHCMe3 has a higher heat of combustion and why?
Answer:

Cis-isomer is less stable because of a very large steric hindrance between two bulky t-butyl groups lying on the same side of the double bond. On the other hand, transisomer is more stable because the bulky f-butyl groups are on the opposite sides of the double bond. Thus cis isomer has a higher heat of hydrogenation.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cis Isomer And Trans Isomer

Question 119. Which one between C6H5CH3 and CH4 has lower Csp³—H bond dissociation enthalpy and why?
Answer:

The bond dissociation enthalpy of C6H5CH2—H is less than (II) that of H3C — H as  C6H5CH2 is more stable (stabilized by resonance) than that of CH3 (which has no resonance stabilization).

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Stabilisation

Question 120. Arrange the following carbocations in order of increasing stability and explain the order:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations Increasing Stability

Answer:

In cation in,(3) +ve charge is not delocalized due to steric inhibition of resonance. However, +ve charge is delocalized in both the cations I and But the extent of delocalization of +ve charge is higher in H due to the additional effect involving the methoxy group.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Methoxy Group Of Resonance
Question 121. Arrange the following carbanions in order of increasing stability and explain the order

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbanions Increasing Stability
Answer:

The stability of carbanions increases as the extent of delocalization of the -ve charge increases. Carbanion I is the most stable as the -ve charge is delocalized not only by the benzene ring but also by the -NO2 group. Carbanion HI is moderately stable as the -ve charge is delocalized only by the benzene ring. Carbanion U is the least stable because of the +R effect of the -OMe group (although the -ve charge is delocalized by the benzene ring). Thus the sequence of stability is 2 < 3< 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sequence Of Stability

Question 122. Classify the following species as electrophile or nucleophile and explain your choice:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophile And Nucleophile

Answer:

Nucleophile : CH3C , CHgCOO , CH2=CH2

Electrophile : Cl+ , BF3 , (CH3)3C+ , R— X

CH3O– and CH3COO are negatively charged species having available unshared electron pairs on the O-atom. So these are nucleophiles. CH2=CH2 can also act as a nucleophile as it contains loosely bound or -electrons.

In the species Cl+, BF3, and Me3C+, there is electron deficiency (having sex tet of electrons) on the valence shells of Cl, B, and C-atom respectively. So these are electrophiles. In the alkyl halides (R—X) there is electron deficiency on the a -carbon due to the strong -I effect of the halogen atom. So RX can act as electrophile.

Question 123. Formulate the following as a two-step reaction and designate the nucleophile and electrophile in each step:  CH2= CH2 + Br2 → BrCH2CH2Br
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophile And Electrophile

Question 124. CN and NO2 are called ambient nucleophiles. Explain
Answer:

Nucleophiles that have more than one (generally two) suitable atoms through which they can attack the substrate are called ambident nucleophiles. Each of the CN ions and NO2 contain two atoms through which they can be involved in nucleophilic attack (these atoms are indicated by arrows). So these are ambident nucleophiles.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ambident Nucleophiles

Question 125. Mention the type of each of the following reactions
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Mention The Type Of Reactions
Answer:

  1. Nucleophilic substitution (SN2)
  2. Electrophilic addition
  3. Free-radical substitution
  4. Elimination reaction (E2)
  5. Rearrangement reaction

Question 126. Calculate the double bond equivalent (DBE) of each of the given compounds:

  1. C13H9BrS
  2. C12H16N2O4

Answer:

Double bond equivalent (DBE) of C13H9BrS

= \(\frac{13(4-2)+9(1-2)+1(1-2)+1(2-2)}{2}+1\)

= 9

DBE of  C12H16N2O4

= \(\frac{12(4-2)+16(1-2)+2(3-2)+4(2-2)}{2}+1\)

= 6

Question 127. Calculate the double bond equivalent (DBE) of a compound having molecular formula, C5H8. On catalytic hydrogenation, the compound consumes 1 mol of hydrogen. Write the structures of all the possible isomers of the compound
Answer:

DBE of C5H8 \(=\frac{5(4-2)+8(1-2)}{2}+1\) = 2

On hydrogenation, it consumes 1 mol of H2. So it contains one double bond and one ring.

Thus possible structures of the compounds are:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Possible Structure Of Compounds

Question 128. Arrange the following carbocations in order of increasing stability and explain the order:
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Stability Orders

The sequence of stability: (4) > (2) > (3) > (1) Carbocation (4) is a primary carbocation, but it is most stable due to resonance.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stable Due To Resonance

Question 129. Which of the carbocations is the most stable?

  1. CH3CH2+CH2,
  2. CH2=CH+CH2,
  3. C6H5 +CH2
  4. All are equally stable.

Answer:

(1), (2), and (3) are all primary carbocations. Cations (1), (2), and (3) have 0, 2, and 4 resonance structures respectively. So carbocation (3) is the most stable

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Most Stable Is Carbocations

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Long Questions & Answers Solutions

Question 130.  Which one between the two CH3CO and CH3 CH3COCHCOCH3 is more stable and why?

Negative charge CH3COCH2 is involved in delocalization with the n electrons of only one carbonyl group. On the other hand, the carbonation-carbon of on the carbanion-carbon of charge e -ve on n CH3COCHCOCH3 is involved in delocalization with the π -electrons of two carbonyl groups. Thus the second carbanion is more stable.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Second Carbanion Is More Stable

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The ease of dehydrohalogenation of an alkyl halide with alcoholic KOH is—

  1. 3° <2° < 1°
  2. 3° < 2° > 1°
  3. 3° > 2° > 1°
  4. 3° > 2° < 1°

Answer: 2. 3° < 2° > 1°

Question 2. Which will exhibit optical isomerism

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Isomer

Answer: 2

Question 3. Which of the following is sec-butyl Phenyl Vinyl (BPV)methane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques BPV Methane.

Answer: 3

Question 4. The correct states of hybridisation of C2 and C3 in compound H3C —CH=C=CH —CH3

  1. sp², sp³
  2. sp², sp
  3. sp², sp³
  4. sp, sp

Answer: 2. sp², sp

Question 5. Under identical conditions, the SN1 reaction will most efficiently with

  1. Tert-butyl chloride
  2. 2-methyl-l-chloropropane
  3. 2-chloroquine
  4. Vinyl Chloride

Answer: 1. Tert-butyl chloride

Question 6. Which one of the following characteristics belongs to an electrophile

  1. It is any species having electron deficiency that reacts at an electron-rich C-centre
  2. It is any species having electron enrichment, that reacts at an electron deficient-centre
  3. It is cationic
  4. It is anionic

Answer:  1. It is any species having electron deficiency that reacts at an electron-rich C-centre

Question 7. The most stable enol tautomer of MeCOCH2CO2Et 

  1. CH2=C(OH)CH2CO2Et
  2. MeC(OH)—CHCO2Et
  3. MeCOCH=C(OH)OEt
  4. CH2=C(OH)CH=C(OH)OEt

Answer: 2. MeC(OH)—CHCO2Et

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques MCQs Class 11

Question 8. Order of stability of the carbocations

1. Ph2C+CH2Me

2. PhCH2CH2C+HPh

3. PhCH+CHMe

4. Ph2C(Me)CH2  is

  1. 4 > 3 > 1 > 3
  2. 1 > 2 > 3 > 4
  3. 2 > 1 > 4 > 3
  4. 1>4>3>2

Answer: 2. 1 > 2 > 3 > 4

Question 9. MeCH2CH=CH2 is stable than Me2C=CH2 because—

  1. Inductive effect of group.
  2. Resonance effect of Me-group.
  3. Hyperconjugative effect of Me-group.
  4. Resonance and inductive effects of Me-group.

Answer: 3. Hyperconjugative effect of Me-group.

Question 10. (+) and (-)-Lactic acid has the same molecular formula, C3H6O3. They are related as

  1. Structure isomers
  2. Geometric isomers
  3. Optical isomers
  4. Homomers

Answer: 3. Optical isomers

Question 11. Which of the following statements is correct for 2-butene—

  1. The C1 —C2 bond is an sp³ —sp³ σ -bond
  2. The C2— C3 bond is an sp³—sp² σ -bond
  3. The C1—C2 bond is an sp³—sp³ σ-bond
  4. The C1— C2 bond is an sp²—sp² σ -bond

Answer: 3. The C1—C2 bond is an sp³—sp³ σ-bond

Question 12. Basicity of aniline is less than methyl amine, because—

  1. Hyperconjugation effect of Me-group in MeNH2
  2. Resonance effect of the phenyl group in aniline
  3. The molar mass of methylamine is less than that of aniline
  4. Resonance effect of Me-group in MeNH2

Answer: 2. Resonance effect of the phenyl group in aniline

Question 13. Tautomerism is exhibited by—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tautomerism

Answer: 1, 2 and 3

Question 14. Amongst the following, the one which can exist in a free state as a stable compound is—

  1. C7H9O
  2. C8H12O
  3. C6H11O
  4. C10H17O2

Answer:  2. C8H12O

Question 15. The correct pair of compounds that gives blue coloration/ precipitate and white precipitate, respectively, when their Lassaigne’s test is separately done is—

1. NH2NH2 HCl and C1CH2COOH

2. NH2CSNH2 and PhCH2Cl

3. NH2CH2COOH and NH2CONH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Compound

Answer: 4.

Question 16. The IUPAC name of the compound X is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Name X Is

  1. 4-cyano-4-methyl-2-isopentane
  2. 2-cyano-2-methyl-4-isopentane
  3. 2,2,-dimethyl-4-oxo pentane nitrile
  4. 4-cyano-4-methyl-2-pentanone

Answer: 3. 2,2,-dimethyl-4-oxo pentane nitrile

Question 17. The optically active molecule is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Active Molecule

Answer: 3

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions

Question 18. (+) -2-chloro-2-phenylethane in toluene racemizes slowly in the presence of the small amount of SbCl5, due to the formation of—

  1. Carbanion
  2. Free-radical
  3. Carbene
  4. Carbocation

Answer: 4. Carbocation

Question 19. The order of decreasing ease abstraction of hydrogen atoms in the following Hb molecule is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms

  1. Ha>Hb>Hc
  2. Ha>Hc>Hb
  3. Hb>Ha>Hc
  4. Hc > Hb>Ha

Answer: 2. Ha>Hc>Hb

Question 20. The most likely protonation site in the given molecule is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Protonation Site

  1. C-1
  2. C-2
  3. C-3
  4. C-6

Answer: 1. C-1

Question 21. The 4-th higher homolog of ethane is—

  1. Butane
  2. Pentane
  3. Hexane
  4. Heptane

Answer: 3. Hexane

Question 22. Among the following structures, the one which is not a resonating structure of others is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Resonating Structure

Answer: 4.

Question 23. The correct order of decreasing length of the bond as indicated by the arrow in the following structures is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Indicated By Arrow

Answer: 3

Question Question 24. IUPAC name ofthe molecule, is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Molecule

  1. 5,6-dimethylhept-2-ene
  2. 2,3-dimethylhept-5-ene
  3. 5,6-dimethylhept-3-ene
  4. 5-isopropyl hex-2-ene

Answer:  1. 5,6-dimethylhept-2-ene

Question 25. The correct statement regarding the given compound is—

  1. All three compounds are chiral
  2. Only 1 and 2 are chiral
  3. 1 and 3 are diastereomers
  4. Only 1 and 3 are chiral

Answer: 4. Only 1 and 3 are chiral

Question 26. In Lassaigne’s test for the detection of nitrogen in an organic compound, the appearance of blue colored

  1. Ferric ferricyanide
  2. Ferrous ferricyanide
  3. Ferric ferrocyanide
  4. Ferrous ferrocyanide

Answer: 3. Ferric ferrocyanide

Question 27. The reaction of methyl trichloroacetate (Cl3CCO2Me) with sodium methoxide (NaOMe) generates

  1. Carbocation
  2. Carbene
  3. Carbanion
  4. Carbon radical

Answer: 2. Carbene

Question 28. In a mixture, two ommtlomors are found to be present in the amount of 0f*% mu) 15% respectively. The enantiomeric excess (e,o) Is—

  1. 85%
  2. 15%
  3. 70%
  4. 60%

Answer: 3. 70%

Question 29. In the following compound, the number it ‘sp’ hybridized carbon is CH2=C=CH-CH-C≡CH –

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 3. 4

Question 30. Which of the following statements Is/are correct

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Enatiomers

Answer: 2 and 4

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 MCQs

Question 31. The correct order of adding strengths of benzoic acid (X), hydroxybenzoic acid (Y), and p-nitrobenzoic acid (Z) is—

  1. Y> Z > X
  2. Z > Y > X
  3. Z > X > Y
  4. Y > X > Z

Answer:  3. Z > X > Y

Question 32. In the IUPAC system, PhCH2CH2CO2H is named as—

  1. 3-phenylpropanoid acid
  2. Benzoyl acetic acid
  3. Carboxyethyl benzene
  4. 2-phenylpropanoid acid

Answer: 1. 3-phenylpropanoid acid

Question 33. The major product(s) obtained in the reaction Is/are

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Reaction

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 34. The possible product (s) to be obtained from the reaction of cyclobutyl amine with HNOz is/are—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cyclobutyl

Answer:  1 and 3

Question 35.  Identify the compound that exhibits tautomerism—

  1. 2-pentanone
  2. 2-butene
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Phenol

Answer:  2. 2-butene

Question 36. How many chiral compounds are possible on monochlorination of 2-methylbutane—

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 6
  4. 8

Answer: 1. 2

Question 37. Identify the compound that exhibits tautomerism—

  1. 2-pentanone
  2. 2-butene
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Phenol

Answer: 1. 2-pentanone

Question 38. The order of stability of the following carbocations is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations 123

  1. 3>1>2
  2. 3>2>1
  3. 2>3>1
  4. 1>2>3

Answer: 1. 3>1>2

Question 39. Arrange the compounds in order of decreasing acidity

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Decrease Acidity

Answer: 4.

Question 40. A solution of (-)-l-chloro-l-phenylethane in toluene racemizes slowly in the presence of a small amount of SbCl5, due to the formation of—

  1. Free radical
  2. Carbanion
  3. Carbene
  4. Carbocation

Answer:  4. Carbocation

Question 41. In SN2 reactions, the correct order of reactivity for the compounds: CH3Cl, CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2CHCl and (CH3)3CCl is _____

  1. (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)3CC;
  2. CHgCl > (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2CI > (CH3)3CCI
  3. CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl
  4. CH3CH2Cl > CH3CI > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl

Answer: 3. CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl

Question 42. For the estimation of nitrogen, 1.4 g of an organic compounejÿwas digested by the Kjeldahl method, and the evolved ammonia was absorbed in 60 mL of M/10

  1. 5%
  2. 6%
  3. 10%
  4. 3%

Answer: 3. 10%

Multiple Choice Questions Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 43. In the Carius method of estimation of halogens, 250 g of an organic compound gave 141 g AgBr. Percentage of Br in the compound(Ag = 108, Br = 80)

  1. 48
  2. 60
  3. 24
  4. 36

Answer: 3. 24

Question 44. Which of the following compounds will exhibit

  1. 2-phenyl-l-butene
  2. 1,1 – diphenyl 1 – propane
  3. 1-phenyl-2-button
  4. 3 – phenyl – 1 – butene

Answer: 3. 1-phenyl-2-button

Question 45. The increasing order of SN1 reactivity of the following compounds is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques SN1 Reaction

  1. 1<3<2
  2. 2<3<1
  3. 3<2<1
  4. 2<1<3

Answer:  4. 2<1<3

Question 46. The resonance stability is minimal for the compound—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Stability Minium

Answer: 2.

Question 47. Which of the following compounds will be suitable for Kjeldahl’s method of nitrogen estimation—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Kjeldahals Method

Answer: 4

Question 48. The increasing order of basicity of the following compounds is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Order

Answer: 1

Question 49. Consider the reactions:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reactions

Answer: 3

Question 50. Which undergoes nucleophilic substitution most easily—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophilic

Answer: 1

Question 51. IUPAC name ofthe compound,

  1. Trans-2-chloro-3-iodo-2-pentene
  2. Cis-3-iodo-4-chloro-3-pentane
  3. Trans-3-iodo-4-chloro-3-pentene
  4. Cis-2-chloro-3-iodo-2-pentene

Answer: 1. Trans-2-chloro-3-iodo-2-pentene

Question 52. Considering the state of hybridization of C-atoms, which one among the following is linear

  1. CH3—C2—CH2—CH3
  2. CH3—CH=CH—CH3
  3. CH3-C = C-CH3
  4. CH2=CHCH2C= C

Answer: 3. CH3-C = C-CH3

Question 53. Which is a nucleophilic substitution reaction—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophilic

Answer: 4

Question 54. Which is most reactive towards an electrophilic reagent—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophilic

Answer: 3.

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles MCQs

Question 55. The correct order of increasing bond length of C—H, C — O, C—C and C=C is _

  1. C—H < C—O < C—C < C=C
  2. C—H<C=C<C—O<C—C
  3. C—C < C=C < C—O < C—H
  4. C—O<C—H<C—C<C=C

Answer: 2. C—H<C=C<C—O<C—C

Question 56. RCHO + NH2NH2→RCH=N—NH2 What sort of reactions it—

  1. Electrophilic addition-elimination reaction
  2. Free radical addition-elimination reaction
  3. Electrophilic substitution-elimination reaction
  4. Nucleophilic addition-elimination reaction

Answer: 4. Nucleophilic addition-elimination reaction

Question 57. Which of the following acids do not exhibit optical

  1. Maleic acid
  2. Amino acids
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Tartaric acid

Answer: 1. Maleic acid

Question 58. The correct order of decreasing acid strength of trichloroacetic acid (I), trifluoroacetic acid (n), acetic acid (in), and formic acid (IV) is—

  1. 2>1> 4>3
  2. 2>4>3 >1
  3. 1> 2>3>4
  4. 1>3>2>4

Answer: 1. 2>1> 4>3

Question 59. Which nomenclature is not according to the IUPAC system

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC System

Answer: 3

Question 60. Structure of the company whose IlIPAC name is 3-ethyl- 2-hydroxy-4-methylhex-3-en-5-yonic acid is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 1Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Name Of Acid

Answer: 4

Question 61. The structure of the isobutyl group an organic compound is —

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Organic Compound

Answer: 2

Question 62. The order of stability of the following tautomeric forms is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tautomeric Forms

  1. 2>3>1
  2. 1>2>3
  3. 3>2>1
  4. 2>1>3

Answer: 3. 3>2>1

Question 63. Which of the following compounds will undergo racemization when a solution of KOH hydrolyses—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques KOH Hydrolyses

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 and 4
  3. 3 and 4
  4. 1 and 4

Answer: None of  these

Organic Chemistry Techniques MCQs Class 11 NCERT

Question 64. Most reactive towards nucleophilic addition reaction is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Addition Reaction

Answer:  4

Question 65. In Kjeldahl’s method for estimation of nitrogen present in a soil sample, ammonia evolved from 0.75 g of sample neutralized 10 mL of 1M H2SO4 The percentage of nitrogen in the soils—

  1. 37.33
  2. 45.33
  3. 35.33
  4. 43.33

Answer: 1. 37.33

Question 66. The number of structural isomers possible from the molecular formula C3H9N is

  1. 4
  2. 5
  3. 2
  4. 3

Answer:  1. 4

Question 67.  In an SN1 reaction on chiral centres there is__________

  1. 100% racemisation
  2. Inversion more than retention leading to partial racemization
  3. 100% retention
  4. 100%Inversion

Answer:  2. Inversion more than retention leading to partial racemization

Question 68. Which of the following statements is not correct for a nucleophile—

  1. A nucleophile is a Lewis acid
  2. Ammonia is a nucleophile
  3. Nucleophiles attack electron density sites
  4. Nucleophiles are not electron-seeking

Answer: 1, 2,3 and 4

Question 69. Two possible stereo-structures of CH3CHOH-COOH, which are optically active, are called—

  1. Diastereomers
  2. Atropisomers
  3. Enantiomers
  4. Mesotners

Answer: 3. Enantiomers

Question 70. In which of the following molecules, all the atoms are coplanar—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Coplanar

Answer: 4.

Question 71. The correct order of add strength of the given carboxylic acid is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 1Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carboxylic Acid

Answer: 3

Question 72. Which among the given molecules can exhibit tautomerism

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tautomerism Molecule

Answer: 4

Question 73.  Which of the following biphenyls is optically active

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques By phenyls

Answer: 2

Question 74. The pair of electrons in the given carbanion is present in which ofthe following orbitals  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Orbital

  1. sp
  2. 2p
  3. sp
  4. sp

Answer: 1. sp

Question 75. The correct statement about the basicity of aryl amines is—

  1. Aryi amines are in general more basic than alkyl amines because the N-atom in aryl amines is sp hybridized
  2. Aryi amines are in general less basic than alkyl amines because the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen in aryi amines undergoes effective delocalization with the ring π-electrons
  3. Aryi amines are in general more basic than alkyl amines because the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen in aryi amines does not undergo delocalization with the ring electrons
  4. Aryi amines are more basic than alkyl amines due to

Answer: 2. Aryi amines are in general less basic than alkyl amines because the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen in aryi amines undergoes effective delocalization with the ring π-electrons

Question 76.  Which one of the following statements for the given
reactions are correct—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Correct Statement

  1. Is a substitution reaction but (2) and (3) are addition reactions.
  2. (1) and (2) are elimination reactions, but (3) is an addition reaction.
  3. (1) is an elimination reaction, (2) is a substitution reaction, and (3) is an addition reaction.
  4. (1) is an elimination reaction, but (2) and (3) are substitution reactions.

Answer:  3. (1) is an elimination reaction, (2) is a substitution reaction, and (3) is an addition reaction.

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 MCQ Solutions

Question 77. The IUPAC name ofthe compound 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Compound

  1. 5-formylhex-2-en-3-one
  2. 5-methyl-oxohex-2-en-5-al
  3. 3-keto-2-methylhex-5-enal
  4. 3-keto-2-methylhex-4-enal

Answer:  4. 3-keto-2-methylhex-4-enal

Question 78. Which one is the most acidic compound—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Acidic Compound

Answer: 3

Question 79. The most suitable method of separation of 1: a 1 mixture of ortho and para- nitrophenols is—

  1. Chromatography
  2. Crystallization
  3. Steam distillation
  4. Sublimation

Answer:  3. Steam distillation

Question 80. The correct statement regarding electrophile is—

  1. Electrophile is a negatively charged species and can form a bond by accepting a pair of electrons from another electrophile
  2. Electrophiles are generally neutral species and can form a bond by accepting a pair of electrons from a nucleophile
  3. Electrophiles can be either neutral or positively charged species and can form a bond by accepting a pair ofelectrons from a nucleophile
  4. Electrophile is a negatively charged species and can form a bond accepting a pair of electrons from a nucleophile

Answer: 3.  Electrophiles can be either neutral or positively charged species and can form a bond by accepting a pair ofelectrons from a nucleophile

Question 81. Which of the following is correct concerning -I effect of the substituents (R = alkyl) —

  1. —NR2 > —OR > —F
  2. —NH2 < —OR < —F
  3. —NH2 > —OR > —F
  4. —NR2 < —OR < —F

Answer: 2. —NH2 < —OR < —F

Question 82. Which ofthe following carbocations is expected to be most stable—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations

Answer: 3.

Question 83. 3. Which of the following molecules represents the order of hybridization sp², sp², sp, sp from left to right atoms—

  1. CH3 —CH=CH —CH3
  2. HC=C —C=CH
  3. CH3=CH—CH=CH2
  4. CH2=CH-C=CH

Answer: 4. CH2=CH-C=CH

Question 84. SN2 reaction readily occurs in—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques SN2 Reaction

Answer: 1.

Question 85. The correct decreasing order of pKa is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Order Of PKa

  1. 2>4>1>3
  2. 4>2>3>1
  3. 3>2>4>1
  4. 4>1>2>3

Answer:  1. 2>4>1>3

Question 86.  The correct decreasing order of pKb is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Decreasing Order

  1. 1>2>3>4
  2. 3>4>2>1
  3. 2>3>4>1
  4. 4>2>1>3

Answer: 4. 4>2>1>3

Question 87. Find the dihydroxy cyclopentane—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 3. 3

Question 88. Decreasing order of nucleophilicity is—

  1. OH>NH>CH3O>RNH2
  2. NH>OH>CH3O>RNH2
  3. NH>CH3O>OH>RNH2
  4. CH3O>NH>OH>RNH2

Answer:  3. NH>CH3O>OH>RNH2

Question 89. pKa increases in benzoic acid when substituent “x” is bonded at para-position, then “x” is—

  1. —COOH
  2. —NO2
  3. —CN
  4. —OCH3

Answer: 4. —OCH3

Question 90. The IUPAC name of the given compound is (CH3)3CCH2C(CH3)3

  1. 2,3,4,4-tetramethylpentane
  2. 1,2,2,4-tetramethylpentene
  3. 2,2,4,4-tetramethylpentane
  4. 3,3-dimethyl pentane

Answer: 3. 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl pentane

Question 91. The purity of an organic compound is determined by—

  1. Chromatography
  2. Crystallization
  3. Melting or boiling point
  4.  Both (1) and (3)

Answer: 4.  Both (1) and (3)

Question 92. Lassaigne’s test for the detection of nitrogen fails in—

  1. H2N—CO—NHNH2.HCI
  2. NH2—NH2HCI
  3. C6H5—NH —NH2. HCl
  4.  C6H5CONH2

Answer: 2. NH2—NH2HCI

Question 93. Among the following, the achiral amino acid is—

  1. 2-ethylamine
  2. 2-dimethylglycine
  3. 2-hydroxymethyl serine
  4. Tryptophan

Answer: 3. 2-hydroxymethyl serine

Question 94. Arrange the following nucleophiles in the decreasing order of nucleophilicity—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophilicity

Answer:  4

Organic Chemistry MCQs NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 95. Which ofthe following is an electrophile—

  1. CCl2
  2. CH3
  3. H2O
  4. NH3

Answer: 1. CCl2

Question 96. Give IUPAC the name ofthe following compound—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 1Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names

  1. 5-hydroxy cyclo hex-3-en-1-one
  2. 3-hydroxy cyclo hex-5-en-1-one
  3. 8-hydroxy cyclo hex-3-en-1-one
  4. 7-hydroxy cyclo hex-5-en-1-one

Answer:  1. 5-hydroxy cyclo hex-3-en-1-one

Question 97. Which of the following is the correct order of acidic strength of the following compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Order Strength

  1. 1 > 2> 3
  2. 2 > 3> 1
  3. 1 > 3> 2
  4. 3 > 2> 1

Answer:  2. 2 > 3> 1

Question 98. IUPAC name ofthe given compound is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 1 Methoxybenzene

  1. 2-methoxy-4-bromonitrobenzene
  2. 3-bromo-6-nitro-l-methoxybenzene
  3. 3 -methoxy-4-nitrobromobenzene
  4. 5-bromo-2-nitro-l-methoxybenzene

Answer: 4. 5-bromo-2-nitro-l-methoxybenzene

Question 99. The number of <r- and n -bonds in the pent-1-en-4-one molecule is respectively—

  1. 8 and 2
  2. 10 and 3
  3. 6 and 4
  4. 7 and 2

Answer: 2. 10 and 3

Question 100. The hybrid orbitals involved in the formation of the C2— C3 bond in the following compound, CH2=CH — CH2—CH2—C≡CH are—

  1. sp-sp²
  2. sp-sp³
  3. sp²-sp³
  4. sp³-sp³

Answer: 3.  sp²-sp³

Question 101. The increasing order of electronegativity of the carbon atoms C-2, C-3 and C-4 in the compound CH3 — C=C — CH2 — CH=CH2 is—

  1. C-3 < C-2 < C-4
  2. C-4 < C-3 < C-2
  3. C-2 < C-4 < C-3
  4. C-3 < C-4 < C-2

Answer: 1.  C-3 < C-2 < C-4

Question 102. CH3CONH2→CH3CN; In this conversion, the change in the hybridization state of the carbon atom of the functional group is—

  1. sp³-sp
  2. sp³-sp
  3. sp-sp³
  4. sp³-sp³

Answer: 2. sp³-sp

Question 103. The correct shapes of CCl4 and CCl2=C=C=CCl2 molecules are respectively

  1. Linear and tetrahedral
  2. Planar and pyramidal
  3. Tetrahedral and planar
  4. Tetrahedral and linear

Answer: 3. Tetrahedral and planar

Question 104. The number of C and H-atoms that lie in the same plane in a toluene (C6H5CH3) molecule is respectively—

  1. 7 and 5
  2. 6 and 5
  3. 7 and 3
  4. 6 and 3

Answer: 1.  7 and 5

Question 105. The number of primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary carbon atoms in 2,2,4-trimethylpentane is respectively—

  1. 5,1,1 and 1
  2. 1,1,1 and 5
  3. 4,1,1 and 2
  4. 1,5,1 and 1

Answer: 1. 5,1,1 and 1

Question 106. The number of primary, secondary, and tertiary H-atoms in the molecule is respectively—

  1. 14,9 and 2
  2. 15,9 and 1
  3. 15,8 and 2
  4. 15,8 and 1

Answer: 4.  15,8 and 1

Question 107. In which of the following molecules does all the atoms lie on the same straight line—

  1. HC = C—C = CH
  2. HC = C—CH3
  3. HC≡CN
  4. C3O2

Answer: 2. HC = C—CH3

Question 108. Hybridisation states of C-2, C-3, C-5 and C-6 in the com¬pound, (CH3)3CCH =CHCHC=CH are respectively—

  1. sp, sp³, sp² and sp³
  2. sp³, sp², sp² and sp
  3. sp, sp², sp² and sp³
  4. sp, sp², sp³ and sp²

Answer: 1. sp, sp³, sp² and sp³

Question 109. IUPAC name of the compound,

  1. 1,1-diethyl-2,2-dimethyl pentane
  2. 4,4-dimethyl-5,5-diethyl pentane
  3. 5,5-diethyl-4,4-dimethyl heptane
  4. 3-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl heptane

Answer: 4.  3-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl heptane

Question 110. IUPAC name of the compound,

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Methyl

  1. 4-propyl-3-methylhex-5-en-2-one
  2. 3-propyl-5-methylhex-l-en-5-one
  3. 3-methyl-4-propyl hex-5-en-2-one
  4. 3-methyl-4-vinylheptan-2-one

Answer:  3.  3-methyl-4-propyl hex-5-en-2-one

Question 111. Bond lengths of C—H, C—O, C—C and C follow the sequence—

  1. C—H < C — O < C—C < C=C
  2. C—H < C=C < C—O< C — C
  3. C—C<C=C<C—O<C—H
  4. C—O<C—H<C—C<C=C

Answer: 2. C—H < C=C < C—O < C — C

Question 112. IUPAC name of the compound

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrobenzene

  1. 1-chloro-2-nitro-4-methylbenzene
  2. 1-chloro-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene
  3. 2-chloro-1-nitro-5-methylbenzene
  4. m-nitro-p-chlorotoluene

Answer:  2. 1-chloro-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene

Question 113. The correct IUPAC name of the alkyl group is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkyl Group

  1. 2-ethyl-3-sec-butyl propyl
  2.  2,4-diethyl pentyl
  3. 2-ethyl-4-methyl hexyl
  4. 2-methyl-4-Ethylhexyl

Answer: 3.  2-ethyl-4-methyl hexyl

Question 114. The hybridization states of the carbon atom of the amido and cyano groups are respectively—

  1. sp³ and sp²
  2. sp² and sp
  3. sp and sp²
  4. sp³ and sp

Answer: 2.  sp² and sp

Question 115. Which of the following pair of compounds are isomers—

1. CH3CH2OH, CH3OCH3

2. CH3OC3H7, C2H5OC2H5 .

3. CH3CH2CHO, CH3COCH3

4.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Compound Isomers

Answer: 4.

Question 116. Two aliphatic compounds will not be considered isomers if they are—

  1. Aldehyde and ketone
  2. Ether and alcohol
  3. Ether and aldehyde
  4. Carboxylic acid and ester

Answer: 3.  Ether and aldehyde

Question 117. The number of organic compounds with molecular formula C4H10 is—

  1. 7
  2. 5
  3. 6
  4. 8

Answer: 1. 7

Question 118. Only a monosubstituted compound is obtained when an alkane reacts with chlorine in the presence of UV light. The alkane is—

  1. Propane
  2. Pentane
  3. Butane
  4. Cyclohexane

Answer: 4.  Cyclohexane

Question 119. Two enantiomers rotate the plane of polarisation of plane polarised light

  1. In different directions but keeping the angle the same
  2. In the same direction but with different angles
  3. In the same direction and the same angle
  4. In different directions with different angles

Answer: 1.  In different directions but keeping the angle the same

Question 120. Which of the following is an optically active compound—

  1. CH3CHClCH=:CH2
  2. CH3CHCl2
  3. Meso-tartaric acid
  4. CH3CH=C=CH2

Answer: 1.  CH3CHClCH=:CH2

Question 121. Which of the following compounds exhibit both geometrical and optical isomerism—

  1. CH3CHClCH=C(CH3)2
  2. CH3CH=CH — CHBrCH2CH3
  3. CH2=C=CH—CH=CHCH3
  4. CH3CH2CH=CH2

Answer: 2.  CH3CH=CH — CHBrCH2CH3

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 122. Which of the following compounds does not exhibit tautomerism—

  1. CH3CH2N=O
  2. CH3NO2
  3. CH3COCH3
  4. (CH3)3CCOC6H5

Answer: 4.  (CH3)3CCOC6H5

Question 123. The enol content in which of the following compounds is maximum—

1. CH3COCH2COCH3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Enol Content

3. CH3COCH3

4. CH3CHO

Answer: 1. CH3COCH2COCH3

Question 124. The optically active alkane of the lowest molecular mass which is also chiral is—

  1. 3-methyl hexane
  2. 2, 3-dimethyl pentane
  3. 2-methyl hexane
  4. 2,5-dimethyl hexane

Answer: 1.  3-methylhexanec

Question 125. Which of the following compounds possesses a center of symmetry—

  1. Trans-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane
  2. Cis-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane
  3. Trans-1-ethyl-3-methyl cyclobutane
  4. Cis-l-ethyl-3-methyl cyclobutane

Answer: 1.  Trans-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane

Question 126. The compounds ds-2-butene and Frans-2-butene can be differentiated by

  1. The number of products obtained due to their chlorination
  2. The number of products obtained due to their bromination
  3. Their reaction with H2 in the presence of a nickel catalyst
  4. Their respective boiling points

Answer:  4. Their respective boiling points

Question 127. Which of the following is optically active—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Active

Answer: 4.

Question 128. Which of the following is non-superimposable on its mirror image—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Mirror Image

Answer: 3

Question 129. The number of structural isomers that are formed when one H-atom of diphenylmethane  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Diphenymethane is substituted by chlorine is—

  1. 4
  2. 6
  3. 8
  4. 7

Answer: 1. 4

Question 103. The number of isomers formed by a compound whose molecular formula is C2BrClFI is—

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 5

Answer: 4. 6

Question 131. NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydroxyacid  In this reaction, the hydroxy acid obtained is—

  1. (+)-enantiomer
  2. (-)-enantiomer
  3. 50% (+) and 50% (-)- enantiomer
  4. 20% (+) and 80% (-)-enantiomer

Answer: 3.  50% (+) and 50% (-)- enantiomer

Question 132. Which of the following compounds will produce the most stable carbocation in the presence of an acid—

  1. (CH3)2CHCH2OH
  2. CH2=CH—CH2OH
  3. (CH3)2CHOH
  4. (CH3)3COH

Answer: 2. CH2=CH—CH2OH

Question 133. The correct order of stability of the given carbanions:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbanions

  1. 1>2>3
  2. 2>1>3
  3. 3>2>1
  4. 2>3>1

Answer: 1. 1>2>3

Question 134. The most stable carbocation is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocation

Answer: 4.

Question 135. The most stable carbanion is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbanion

Answer:  2

Question 136. Carbocation which does not undergo rearrangement is-

  1. (CH3)2CH+CH2
  2. (CH3)2CH+CHCH3
  3.  (CH3)3+C
  4. (CH3)3C+CH2

Answer: 3.  (CH3)3+C

Question 137. Which of the following carbocations is quite stable and can even be stored in the laboratory as a salt— in which hyperconjugation does not occur—

  1. (CH3)2 +CH
  2. (C6H5)3+C
  3.  CH2=CH-+CH2
  4. +CH2CH2C6H5

Answer: 2. (C6H5)3+C

Question 138. Which of the given alicyclic compounds is most active—

  1. C6H5C(CH3)3
  2. C6H5CH3
  3. (CH3)2C=CH2
  4. CD3CH=CH2

Answer: 1. C6H5C(CH3)3

Question 139.  Which of the given resonance structures is most stable—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Resonance

Answer: 4

Question 140. Which ofthe given alicyclic compounds is most active—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alicyclic

Answer: 2.

Question 141.

  1. CH3
  2. CH3CH2
  3. CH2=CHCH2
  4. C6H5CH2

The correct order of stability of these free radicals is—

  1. 1>2>3>4
  2. 3>2>1>4
  3. 4>3>2>1
  4. 4>7>2>3

Answer: 3. 4>3>2>1

Question 142. The structures of carbocation and carbanion are respectively—

  1. Linear and planar
  2. Trigonal planar and trigonal pyramidal
  3. Tetrahedral and trigonal planar
  4. Trigonal pyramidal and tetrahedral

Answer: 2.  Trigonal planar and trigonal pyramidal

Question 143. The correct order of stability of the given three carbanions is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Carbanions

Answer: 3

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 144. Which of the following alkenes is most stable—

  1. (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2
  2. (CH3)2C=CHCH2CH3
  3. CH3CH2CH=CHCH2CH3
  4. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH=CH2

Answer: 1.  (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2

Question 145. In which of the following compounds, the extent of resonance between the benzene ring and halogen atom is maximum—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Halogen Atom

Answer: 1

Question 146. The compound whose basicity is maximum in gaseous and aqueous medium is—

  1. NH3
  2. CH3NH2
  3. (CH3)2NH
  4. (CH3)3N

Answer: 3. (CH3)2NH

Question 147. (+)-1-Chloro-1-phenylethane undergoes racemization in the presence of a small amount of SbCl5.The intermediate formed in this process is—

  1. A carbene
  2. A carbocation
  3. A carbanion
  4. A free radical

Answer: 2.  A carbocation

Question 148. In which of the following compounds, the presence of nitrogen cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test

  1. NH2NH2.HCI
  2. C6H5NHNH2.HCI
  3. PhN≡NPh
  4. NH2CONH2

Answer: 1.  NH2NH2.HCI

Question 149. Which of the following compounds is responsible for the formation of Prussian blue during the detection of nitrogen by Lassaigne’s test

  1. Na4[Fe(CN)6]
  2. Fe4[Fe(CN)6]
  3. Fe2[Fe(CN)6]
  4. Fe3[Fe(CN)6]2

Answer: 2.  Fe4[Fe(CN)6]

Question 150. The process by which essential oils can be extracted from flowers is

  1. Distillation
  2. Crystallization
  3. Vacuum distillation
  4. Steam distillation

Answer: 4.  Steam distillation

Question 151. The process that is suitable for detecting two different types of ink in any handwritten ancient document is

  1. Column chromatography
  2. Solvent extraction
  3. Distillation
  4. Thin layer chromatography

Answer: 4.  Thin layer chromatography

Question1 52. Detection of which of the following functional groups is required to confirm the presence of nitrogen in the corresponding compound—

  1. Amido
  2. Carboxyl
  3. Carbonyl
  4. Alkoxycarbonyl

Answer: 1.  Amido

Question 153. Which of the following compounds does not exhibit geometrical isomerism—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometric Isomer

Answer: 3.

Question 154. The number of geometrical isomers of the compound, CH3CH=CH — CHCH3 is_____

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 1.  3

Question 155. Types of non-equivalent H-atoms in CH3CH(OH)CH(OH)CH3

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 6

Answer: 3. 3

Question 156. The number of compounds formed on monobromination

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Monobromination  is_________ 

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 5
  4. 4

Answer: 4.  4

Question 157.  Types of non-equivalent H-atoms in 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques H Atoms

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 6

Answer: 2. 4

Question 158. The double bond equivalent of C8H9CIO is—

  1. 4
  2. 6
  3. 3
  4. 2

Answer: 1.  4

Question 159. The correct order of basicity of

  1. CH3NH2
  2. (CH3)2NH and
  3. (CH3)3N

in chlorobenzene is—

  1. 1<3< 2
  2. 2 <3< 1
  3. 1< 2< 3
  4. 2< 1< 3

Answer: 3. 1< 2< 3

Question 160. The correct order of stability of 

1. (CH3)2+CH

2. CH3+CHOCH3

3. ClCH2+CHCH3 is—

  1. 1> 2 > 3
  2. 2 > 3 > 1
  3. 2 > 1> 3
  4. 3 > 2 > 1

Answer: 3.  2 > 1> 3

Question 161. The correct order of stability of these carbanions is—

1. CH3CH —CO —CH3

2. CH3CH2-CO- CH2 and

3.  CH2CH2— CO — CH

  1. 3<1<2
  2. 1<3<2
  3. 2<3<1
  4. 3<2<1

Answer: 1. 3<1<2

Question 162. In Kjeldahl’s method, CuSO4 is used to—

  1. Catalyze the reaction
  2. Oxidise the reaction
  3. Reduce the reaction
  4. Increase boiling point

Answer: 1. Catalyse the reaction

Question 163. The number of optically active isomers among five probable alcohols of molecular formula C4H10O is—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 2

Question 164. Which compound gives the most unstable enol—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Atom

Answer: 1.

Question 165. If 3.4% sulfur is present in insulin, then the minimum molecular mass of insulin will be—

  1. 350
  2. 470
  3. 560
  4. 940

Answer: 4. 940

Question 166. The number of enantiomer pairs formed on monochlorination of 2,3-dimethylbutane is—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 1

Question 167. There are three different asymmetric carbon atoms in a compound. The number of possible stereoisomers of this compound is—

  1. 8
  2. 3
  3. 9
  4. 6

Answer: 1. 8

Question 168. In which of the following compounds, the nucleophilic character of N-atom is maximum—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques N Atom

Answer: 1

Question 169. Which of the following resonance structures is incorrect 

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Order Of Acidity

  1. x>z>y
  2. z>x>y
  3. x>y>z
  4. z>x>y

Answer: 3. x>y>z

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 170. The number of electrons in the p-orbital of methyl cation is—

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. None of these

Answer: 4. None of these

Question 171. Which compound can exhibit geometrical isomerism—

  1. Acetone-oxime
  2. Isobutene
  3. Acetophenone-oxime
  4. Benzophenone-oxime

Answer: 3. Acetophenone-oxime

Question 172. In the given compound, the hydrogen atom is linked to which carbon atom is most acidic—

  1. Cα
  2. Cβ
  3. Cγ
  4. Cδ

Answer:   4. Cγ

Question 173. In which of the following molecules, all the constituent carbon atoms have the same state of hybridization—

  1. HC≡C —C≡N
  2. CH3—C≡C —CH2CH3
  3. CH2=C=C=CH2
  4. CH2=CH —CHO

Answer: 4.  CH2=CH —CHO

Question 174. In which of the following molecules, all the atoms lie in the same plane—

  1. CH2=C=CH2
  2. CCI2=C=C=CH2
  3. C6H5C=CH
  4. CH2=CH—C=CH

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 175. Which of the following express a homologous series—

  1. Methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol
  2. 1-hexene, 2-hexene, 3-hexene
  3. Formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid
  4. Methane, methanol, methanal

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 176. Which of the following statements is incorrect—

  1. Heat of hydrogenation of CH3CH2CH=CH2 is less than that of (CH3)2C =CH
  2. CCl3 is more stable than CF3
  3. The bond lengths of three carbon-oxygen bonds in carbonate (CO2-3) ions are not equal.
  4. Free radicals are paramagnetic

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 177.  Which of the following orders of stability are correct—

  1. CH3+CHOCH3 > CH3+CHCH2OCH3
  2. F+CH2>FCH2+CH2
  3. PhCH2+CH2>Ph+CH2
  4. FCH2COO< CH3COO

Answer:   a and 2

Question 178. Which process is not represented correctly—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Not Represented

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 179. Which ofthe following sets represent only electrophiles ______

  1. BF3, NH3, H2O
  2. AICI3, SO3, +NO2
  3. +NO2, +CH3, CH3+CO
  4. C2H5, C2H5, C2H+5

Answer:  2 and 3

Question 180. Delocalisation in hyperconjugation occurs—

  1. In the case of rr -bond electrons of the C — H bond of any alkyl group directly linked to a double bond (f)
  2. In the case of cr -bond electrons of the C — H bond of any alkyl group directly linked to a positive carbon atom
  3. In the case of a-electrons of C=C
  4. In the case of a lone pair of electrons

Answer:  1 and 2

Question 181. Which of the following statements is incorrect—

  1. Sodium extract is first boiled with dilute HC1 during the detection of halogens by Lassaigne’s test
  2. If in an organic compound, both nitrogen and sulfur are present, then blood-red coloration is observed during the detection of nitrogen by Lassaigne’s test
  3. Organic compounds that dissociate at their melting points are purified by vacuum distillation
  4. In paper chromatography, the stationary phase is solid while the mobile phase is liquid

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 182. Which of the following compounds give a red coloration in Lassaigne’s test during the detection of nitrogen

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrogen Atom

Answer:  3 and 4

Question 183. Which of the following mixtures is responsible for blue coloration in Lassaigne’s test during the detection of N—

  1. NH2NH2 + charcoal
  2. NH4Cl + NaNO3
  3. C6H5COOH + NaNO3
  4. NH2NH2 + NH4Cl

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 184. In which of the following structures, the arrangement of the four groups/atoms is different from that of  _________ 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Atoms Different

Answer:   1 and 3

Question 185. Which ofthe following are optically active compounds ___________

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Active Compounds

Answer:  2 and 3

Question 186. In which of the following compounds, is the number of hypercoagulable hydrogen atoms is same—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hypercongugable

Answer:  2 and 4

Question 187. For which of the following compounds, is the number of compounds formed on monobromination are same—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bromination

Answer:   1 and 2

Question 188. The carbocations which attain stability by resonance are___

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations.

Answer: 1,3, and 4

Question 189. Mixtures that can be separated by simple distillation are

  1. A mixture of ether and toluene
  2. A mixture of hexane and toluene
  3. A mixture of benzene and chloroform
  4. A mixture of 95% ethanol and 5% water

Answer:  1 and 3

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 190. Compounds that can be purified by steam distillation are—

  1. Acetic acid
  2. o-nitrophenol
  3. Ethanol
  4. Nitrobenzene

Answer:  2 and 4

Question 191. Which of the following statements is incorrect—

  1. Quantitative estimation of nitrogen in any compound can be done by Kjeldahl’s method
  2. Quantitative estimation of sulfur in organic compounds can be done by the Dumas method
  3. Quantitative estimation of halogens in organic compounds can be done by the Carius method
  4. In Liebig’s method of detecting carbon and hydrogen in organic compounds, carbon is converted into carbon dioxide while hydrogen is converted into water

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 192. In which of the following processes, any organic liquid vapourises below its boiling point—

  1. Vacuum distillation
  2. Distillation
  3. Steam distillation
  4. Sublimation

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 193. Which exhibit optical and geometrical isomerism—

  1. CH3CHCICH=CH2
  2. CH3-CHCI —CH=CH2
  3. CH3CH=CH— CH(CH3)2
  4. CH3CH=CH—CH=C=CHCH3

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 194. Which of the following are correct statements—

  1. (CF3)3C+ is more stable than (CH3)3C+ ,
  2. Na+does did not act as an electrophile
  3. Ph3C+ can be stored in the form of Ph3C+BF4 salt
  4. CH3CH2O is less stable than O2NCH3CH2O

Answer:  2 and 3

Question 195.  The nucleophilic reagents are—

  1. OH
  2. : NH3
  3. CCl2
  4. CN

Answer: 1,2 and 4

Question 196. The electrophilic reagents are—

  1. +NO2
  2. Cl+
  3. H2O
  4. SO3

Answer: 1, 2, 4

Question 197. Which of the following statements regarding Lassaigne’s test are correct—

  1. N, S, and halogens are detected by converting them into their corresponding inorganic salts
  2. This test is done to detect N, S, and hydrogen
  3. Organic compounds are fused with sodium metal
  4. Different halogens can be distinguished

Answer:  1,3 and 4

Question 198. Which of the following exhibits keto-enol tautomerism—

  1. C6H5COC6H5
  2. C6H5COCH=CH2
  3. C6H5COCH2COCH3
  4. CH3COCH2COCH3

Answer:  2. C6H5COCH=CH2

Question 199. Which of the following do not exhibit optical activity—

  1. 3-methyl-l-pentene
  2. 2-methyl-2-pentene
  3. 4-methyl-l-pentene
  4. 3-methyl-2-pentene

Answer: 2,3, and 4

Question 200. The correct statements are—

  1. A racemic mixture is an equimolecular mixture of a pair of enantiomers
  2. Configuration of a molecule means a stable three-dimensional arrangement of the groups attached to a specific atom of the molecule
  3. The melting & boiling points of 2 enantiomers are different
  4. A molecule may be optically active or inactive if more than one asymmetric carbon is present in the molecule

Answer: 1,2 and 4

Question 201. Which of the following are planar—

  1. Ferf-butyl radical
  2. Ferf-butyl carbocation
  3. Ferf-butyl carbanion
  4. Allyl carbanion

Answer: 1,2 and 4

Question 202. Which can act as both electrophile and nucleophile—

  1. CH3OH
  2. CH3Cl
  3. CH3CN
  4. HCHO

Answer: 3 and 4

Question 203. Which of the following can act neither as an electrophile nor as a nucleophile

  1. H3O+
  2. R4N+
  3. CN
  4. SO3

Answer: 1 and 2

Question 204. Which of the following conditions favor E2 reaction—

  1. A strong base of high-concentration
  2. A solvent of low polarity
  3. 3° alkyl halide as the substrate
  4. Alkyl iodide

Answer: 1,2,3,4

Question 205. Compounds that will not exhibit geometrical isomerism—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometric Isomer

Answer:  1,2,3,

Question 206. In which ofthe following, a plane of symmetry is present—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Plane Symmetry

Answer: 1,2,4

Question 207. Three stereoisomers of CH2YZ are possible if the tire structure of methane is—

  1. Rectangular planar
  2. Square planar
  3. square pyramidal
  4. Octahedral

Answer: 1 and 2

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Short Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Why does distillation purify impure glycerol-reduced pressure?
Answer:

The boiling point of glycerol is 563K under normal pressure and it undergoes decomposition below this temperature. Thus, simple distillation cannot be used for its purification. Under a reduced pressure of 12 mm Hg, the boiling point of glycerol is reduced and then at 453 K, it can be distilled without getting decomposed.

Question 2. Why is it necessary to use acetic acid and not sulphuric acid for the acidification of sodium extract for testing sulfur by lead acetate test?
Answer:

To detect the presence of sulfur, sodium extract is acidified with acetic acid because lead acetate being soluble does not interfere with the test. If sulphuric acid is used, lead acetate will react with sulphuric acid to form a white precipitate of lead sulfate which will interfere with the test.

Pb(CH3COO)2  ( Lead acetate )+ H2SO4 →PbSO(Lead sulphate)↓(White) + 2CH3COOH

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Short Answer Questions

Question 3. The presence of N in hydroxylamine hydrochloride cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test—why?
Answer:

When hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH.HCl) is fused with metallic sodium, NaCN is not obtained as the compound contains no carbon. Thus, the presence of nitrogen in this compound cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test.

Question 4. How can it be possible to detect the presence of nitrogen in hydrazine hydrochloride?
Answer:

During fusion of the compound with metallic sodium if some starch or charcoal is added, carbon of starch or charcoal combines with nitrogen of the compound to form NaCN which will further indicate the presence of nitrogen in the compound a proton. On the other hand, no such steric inhibition occurs in N, N-dimethylaniline because the two orlp H-atoms are relatively much smaller in size. The unshared electron-pair on N-atom becomes involved In resonance interaction with the ring and therefore, is not fully available for taking up a proton. This explains why N, N,2,6-tetramethylsilane is more basic than N, N -dimethylaniline.

Short Question and Answers Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12

Question 5. Chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform. Explain.
Answer:

CF3, tire conjugate base of fluoroform (CHF3), is stabilized by the -I effect of 3 F-atoms. But CCl3 the conjugate base of chloroform (CHCl3), is relatively more stabilized by the somewhat weaker -I effect of 3 Cl-atoms along with d-orbital resonance (Cl has vacant d-orbital). So chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform.

Question 6. How can you separate benzoic acid and nitrobenzene from their mixture by the technique of extraction using an appropriate chemical reagent?
Answer:

The mixture is shaken with a dilute sodium bicarbonate solution when benzoic acid gets converted to sodium benzoate and dissolves in water leaving nitrobenzene behind. The mixture is extracted with ether or chloroform when nitrobenzene goes into the organic layer. After separating the organic layer, it is distilled to get nitrobenzene. The aqueous layer is acidified with dilute HCl when benzoic acid gets precipitated. It is obtained by filtration.

Question 7. Why is impure glycerol purified by distillation under reduced pressure?
Answer:

The boiling point of glycerol is 563K under normal pressure and it undergoes decomposition below this temperature. Thus, simple distillation cannot be used for its purification. Under a reduced pressure of 12 mm Hg, the boiling point of glycerol is reduced and then at 453 Kit can be distilled without getting decomposed.

Question 8. Why is it necessary to use acetic acid and not sulphuric acid for the acidification of sodium extract for testing sulfur by lead acetate test?
Answer:

To detect the presence of sulfur, sodium extract is acidified with acetic acid because lead acetate being soluble does not interfere with the test. If sulphuric acid is used, lead acetate will react with sulphuric acid to form a white precipitate of lead sulfate which will interfere with the test.

Question 9. The presence of N in hydroxylamine hydrochloride cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test—why? p
Answer:

When hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH HCl) is fused with metallic sodium, NaCN is not obtained as the compound contains no carbon. Thus, the presence of nitrogen in this compound cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test

Question 10. How can it be possible to detect the presence of nitrogen in hydrazine hydrochloride?
Answer:

During the fusion of the compound with metafile sodium if some starch or charcoal is added, carbon of starch or charcoal combines with nitrogen of the compound to form NaCN which will further indicate the presence of nitrogen in the compound.

Question 11. Can you separate two liquids A (b.p. 413 K) and B (b.p. 403 K) present in a mixture by simple distillation?
Answer:

The two components cannot be separated by simple distillation. This is because the vapors of both liquids will be formed simultaneously and will condense together in the receiver. The separation of these two liquids can be done by fractional distillation.

Question 12. Will CCl4 give a white precipitate of AgCl on heating it with silver nitrate solution? Give a reason for your
Answer.

When CCl4 is heated with AgNO3 solution, a white precipitate of AgCl will not be formed. This is because CCl4 being a covalent compound with a strong C— Cl bond does not ionize to give the Cl” ions required for the formation of the precipitate of AgCl.

Question 13. Is it possible to distinguish between phenylhydrazine hydrochloride and hydrazine hydrochloride by Lassaigne’s test? Give reason.
Answer:

Lassaigne’s test can be used to distinguish between phenylhydrazine hydrochloride (C6H5NHNH2 HCl) and hydrazine hydrochloride (NH2NH2 HCI). This is because the former containing carbon and nitrogen produces NaCN when fused with metallic sodium while the latter containing no carbon does not produce NaCN when fused with sodium.

Question 14. Define Rf value. What is called descending paper chromatography
Answer:

If the solvent is placed at the top and the upper end of the chromatography paper is dipped in it, then the solvent moves downwards. This is called descending paper chromatography.

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Short Q&A

Question 15. The tendency of carbon to exhibit catenation is much higher than that of Si and S—why
Ans.

The C— C bond dissociation enthalpy (348.6 kj. mol-1) is much higher than that of Si—Si (228.4 kj -mol-1) and S—S (224.2 kj- mol-1) bond dissociation enthalpies and since the formation of C—C bond is thermodynamically much favorable, the tendency of carbon to exhibit catenation is much higher than that of silicon and sulfur

Question 16. Melting and boiling points of organic compounds are usually very low— Why?
Answer:

Covalent organic compounds usually exist as single molecules. The attractive forces operating among these less polar or non-polar molecules are very low. As a result of this, the melting and boiling points of these compounds are usually very low

Question 17. Write the IUPAC name of the compound,  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Name Of The Compound mentioning the secondary prefix, primary prefix, a word root, primary suffix & secondary suffix respectively
Answer:

In the compound, the secondary prefix: is bromo (at C-3); the primary prefix: is cyclo; the word root: is pent; the primary suffix: is ane (e is to be omitted), and the secondary suffix: is ol (at C-l). Therefore, the IUPAC name of the compound is

Question 18. Which one of them is more pure and why?
Answer:

The first sample (boiling range: 76-78°C) Is more pure because its boiling range is shorter.

Question 19. The wind is on an azeotropic mixture? Give example.
Answer:

An azeotropic mixture is a mixture of two or more liquids having a constant boiling point. The most familiar example of an azeotropic mixture is a mixture of ethanol and water in the ratio of 95.6: 4.4. It boils at a temperature of 78.5°C.

Question 20. A mixture contains two organic solids, A and B. The solubilities of A and B in water are 12 g per 100 mL and 3 g per 100 mL respectively. How will you separate A and B from this mixture?
Answer:

The two components can be separated by fractional crystallization. When the saturated hot solution of this mixture is allowed to cool, the less soluble compound, B crystallizes out first leaving the more soluble compound, A in the mother liquor. The mother liquor is then concentrated and allowed to cool when the compound A crystallizes out.

Question 21. What is seeding?
Answer:

Seeding is a process of inducing crystallization by adding a crystal of the pure substance into its saturated solution.

Question 22. Suggest methods for the separation of the components in each of the following mixtures:

  1. A mixture of liquid A (b.p. 366 K) and liquid B (b.p. 355.5 K).
  2. A mixture of liquid C (b.p. 360 K) and liquid D (b.p. 420 K).

Answer:

  1. The two liquids, A and B can be separated by fractional distillation because the boiling points of them differ by just 10.5 K.
  2. The two liquids, C and D can be separated by simple distillation because the boiling points of them differ widely by 60 K.

Question 23. A mixture contains three amino acids. How can they be Identified?
Answer:

When the mixture is subjected to separation by paper chromatography, three spots on the paper become visible at different heights from the starting line by placing the paper under UV light. Then they can be identified by determining their Rf values and comparing these values with the Rf value of the pure compounds.

Question 24. The Rf values of X and Fin a mixture determined by TLC method in a solvent mixture are 0.75 and 0.52 respectively. If the mixture is separated by column chromatography using the same solvent mixture as the mobile phase, which of the two components, will elute first and why?
Answer:

The higher Rf value of X (0.75) indicates that it is less strongly adsorbed as compared to compound Y having a lower Rf value (0.52). Therefore, if the mixture is separated by column chromatography using the same solvent mixture as the mobile phase, X will be eluted first.

Question 25. Why is an organic compound fused with sodium for
Answer:

When an organic compound is fused with metallic sodium, these elements present in the compound are converted into water-soluble sodium salts (NaCN, NaX, and Na2S). The presence of cyanide ion (CN), halide ion (X), and sulfide ion (S2-) in the solution can then be 40 What is seeding? confirmed by using suitable reagents

Question 26.  What type of fission of a covalent bond produces free radicals? Give an example with a proper sign.
Answer;

Homolytic fission of covalent bonds produces free radicals.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Free Radicals

Question 27.

1. Write down the IUPAC name of the following compound

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 Bromo 2 Chloroethanol

Question 28. Draw the structure of the following compound: 3,4-dimethyl pentanoic acid
Answer:

1. 2-bromo-2-chloroethanol.

2.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 And 4 Dimethylpentanoic

Question 29. Draw the canonicals of CH3COOH and CH3COO. In which case resonance is more important?
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Less And Most Structures

Equivalent structures (more stable) Resonance is more important for CH3COO as it involves two equivalent resonating structures and the negative charge is always on the electronegative O-atom.

Question 30. Write the principle of estimation of carbon and hydrogen in an organic compound.
Answer:

A known amount of dry and pure organic compound is heated with cupric oxide(CuO) in a hard glass test tube. As a result, the carbon (C) and hydrogen (H) present in the compound are oxidized to carbon dioxide (CO2) and water (H2O ) respectively.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cupric Oxide

Knowing the amounts of CO2 and H2O formed in the reaction it is possible to calculate the percentages of C and H present in the compound.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Short Questions

Question 31.

  1. Write down the IUPAC name of the following compound: CH3COCH2CH – Cl – COCH3 sodium nit
  2. Write down the structural formula of the following compound: Hex-1 -en-4-one

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Chlorohexane

Question 32.

  1. Arrange the following radicals in increasing order of-I effect: I, Br, Cl, F’
  2. Write the structural formula of the following compound: 5-amino pent-3-enoic acid

Answer:

1. I <Br<Cl<P

2.   \(\mathrm{HOO} \stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}=\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2-\mathrm{NH}_2\)

Question 33.

  1. Whyis(CH3)3C+ more stable than CH3CH+2?
  2. Indicate the electrophilic center of the following compounds: CH3CHO, CH3CN.

Answer:

1. Due to the +1 effect of three electron-donating CH3 groups, (CH3)3C+ is more stable than CH3+CH2 (which contains only one CH3 group attached to C+).  Furthermore (CH3)3 C+ is stabilized by 9 hyper conjugative structures, while CH3CH2 is stabilized by only three hyper conjugative structures

2.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophilic Centre

Question 34. Name IUPAC name of the following:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Name Of The IUPAC

Answer:

  1. Propan-1,2,3-trio
  2. 3,3-dichlorobutanoic acid

Question 35. Explain the order of basicity of the following compounds:

  1. CH3—CH2— NH2
  2.  CH3 —CH=N H
  3. CH3—CH2—CN

Answer: CH3— CH2—CN < CH3—CH=N-H < CH3—CH2— NH2

Question 36. A compound having molecular formula CgH18 can form only one monobromo derivative. Draw the structure of the compound.
Answer:

Since, the compound forms only one monobromo derivative, all hydrogen atoms are equivalent. Electrophilic center CH3—C— H.

Thus the compound will be

Question 37. Is 2-hydroxypropanoic acid optically active? Explain.
Answer:

2-hydroxy propanoic acid \(\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3-\stackrel{2 *}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{OH})-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{OOH}\)1 is optically active as there is one chiral center situated at C-2

Question 38. Write the IUPAC names of the compound CH2=CHCH2CH2C=CH & CH3CH=CHCH2C=CH

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hex 1 ene 5 yene

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Short Questions

Question 39. Which of the two : O2NCH2CH2O or CH3CH2O is expected to be more stable and why?_
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques More Stable  Ion is more stable than the effect of the — NOz group causing the dispersal of ~ve charge on the O-atom. On the other hand, the —CH2CH3 group has a +1 effect which tends to intensify the -ve charge on the O -atom leading to the destabilization of the ion.

Question 40. Explain the reason for the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium for testing nitrogen, sulfur, and halogens.
Answer:.

Nitrogen, sulfur, and halogen atoms, present in organic Explain the reason for the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium for testing nitrogen, sulfur, and halogens. Ans. Nitrogen, sulfur, and halogen atoms, are present in organic.

Question 41. Name a suitable technique to separate the components from a mixture of calcium sulfate & camphor.
Answer:

Camphor is sublimable but CaSO4 is not Therefore sublimation of the mixture gives camphor on the inner surface of the funnel while CaSO4 is left in the china dish.

Question 42. Will CCl4 give a white precipitate of AgCl on heating it with silver nitrate? Give a reason for your answer.
Answer:

CCl4 is a covalent compound. Thus, it does not ionize to give Cl- ions. Hence AgNO3 does not react with CCl4 even under hot conditions to form a white precipitate of AgCl.

Question 43. Why is a solution of potassium hydroxide used to absorb carbon dioxide evolved during the estimation of carbon present in an organic compound?
Answer:

CO2 is an acidic oxide. Thus, it reacts with the strong base KOH to form K2CO3 (salt). 2KOH + CO2 →K2 CO3 + H2 O

So, during the estimation of carbon, an increase in the mass of the U-tube containing KOH solution is produced from the organic compound. Thus % of carbon in the organic compound can be estimated by using the equation:

⇒ \(\% \text { of carbon }=\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{\text { Mass of } \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { formed }}{\text { Mass of organic compound }} \times 100\)

Question 44. Why is it necessary to use acetic acid and not sulphuric acid for the acidification of sodium extract for testing sulfur by lead acetate test?
Answer:

For testing sulfur, the sodium extract is acidified with acetic acid because lead acetate remains soluble in an acetic acid medium and hence does not interfere with the test. If H2SO4 is used, lead acetate itself will react with H2SO4 to form a white precipitate of lead sulfate.

Pb(OCOCH3) + H2SO4→PbSO4 ↓ (white ppt)+ 2CH3COOH

Class 11 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Short Questions and Answers

Question 45. Explain why chlorine but not nitrogen in hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH-HCl) can be detected by Lassaigne’s test
Answer:

Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH-HCl) contains nitrogen but does not contain carbon as an element. So, on fusion with metallic sodium, it cannot form sodium cyanide. Cyanide ion is essential to produce Prussian blue. Thus nitrogen cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test. However hydroxylamine hydrochloride contains chlorine as an element and so on fusion with Na, it forms NaCl. Thus, chlorine can be detected by Lassaigne’s test.

Question 46. Differentiate between the principles of Dumas’s method & Kjeldahl’s method.
Answer:

In Dumas’s method, the nitrogenous organic compound is decomposed to produce gaseous nitrogen. The measured volume of N2 is used to calculate the % of nitrogen in the given compound. In Kjeldahl’s method, the nitrogenous organic compound is decomposed to produce

(NH4)2 SO4 which is further decomposed to give NH3. The amount of NH3 so formed is used to calculate the % of nitrogen in the compound.

Question 47. 0.495 g of organic compound on combustion gave 0.99 g of CO2 and 0.405 g of water. Calculate the percentages of carbon and hydrogen in the compound
Answer:

Amount of C in die compound = \(\frac{12}{44} \times 0.99\) 0.99 = 0.27

Amount of H in die compound = \(\frac{2}{18} \times 0.405\) x 0.405 = 0.045

v % of C in the compound = \(\frac{12}{44} \times 0.99 \times \frac{100}{0.495}\) = 54.54

% of H in the compound = \(\frac{2}{18} \times 0.405 \times \frac{100}{0.495}\) = 9.09

Question 48. 0.50 g of an organic compound when analysed by Dumas method produced 62.0 mL of nitrogen at STP. Determine the percentage of nitrogen in the compound.
Answer:

Mass of 62.0 mL (STP) of N2 = \(\frac{28 \times 62.0}{22400}\)

-. % of N in the compound = \(=\frac{28 \times 62.0}{22400} \times \frac{100}{0.50}\)

= 15.5

Question 49. Is it possible to distinguish between hydrazine and phenylhydrazine by Lassaigne’s test? Give your reason.
Answer:

For the detection of nitrogen in an organic compound by Lassaigne’s test, the compound must contain both C and N, to permit the formation of NaCN.

Phenylhydrazine contains both C and N. So it gives a positive test for nitrogen in Lassaigne’s test. On the other hand, hydrazine contains nitrogen but does not contain carbon so it gives a negative test for nitrogen. Thus the two compounds can be distinguished by Lassaigne’s test.

Question 50. Give an example of a ketone that does not exhibit tautomerism.
Answer:

2,2,4,4-tetramethylpentan-3-one

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 2 4 4 Tetramethylpentan 3 one

Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Short Questions and Answers

Question 51. Arrange in the order of increasing enol content and give
CH3COCH3 , NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Organic Increasing Enol Content  , CH3 COCH2COCH3
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Enol Content.

Question 52. Write the structure and the IUPAC name of the alkane having the lowest molecular mass and which on bromination produces three monobromo derivatives.
Answer:

Pentane (CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3) is the desired hydrocarbon with the lowest molecular mass which contains three types of non-equivalent H-atoms.

Question 53. How many types of non-equivalent H -atoms are there in each of the following compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Non Equivalent H Atoms

Answer:

(1) 2 types

(2) 3 types

(3) 4 types

(4) 6 types

(5) 5 types

(6) 7 types

(7) 2 types.

Question 54.  Write the structure and the IUPAC name of an alkane (C18H36) which on bromination produces only 1 monobromo derivative.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bromination

Question 55. Mention the type of substitution reactions in which the attacking reagents are NO2+, OH-, or Cl
Answer:

Attacking reagent NO2+ : Electrophilic substitution

Attacking reagent OH: Nucleophilic substitution.

Attacking reagent Cl : Free-radical substitution

Question 56. Suggest a method to purify:

  1. Iodine containing traces of common salt,
  2. Kerosene containing a little of water and
  3. Camphor contains little benzoic acid.

Answer:

  1. On sublimation, I2 sublimes leaving behind NaCl. Alternatively, I2 can be extracted with CCl4 and the extract on evaporation gives I2.
  2. Kerosene and water are immiscible liquids having different densities. So they can be separated by using a separating funnel.
  3. On boiling with water, benzoic acid dissolves but camphor remains insoluble, which can be separated by filtration (under hot conditions).

Question 57.  Suggested method for the separation of each of the following mixtures:

  1. A mixture of liquid (b.p. 365 K) and liquid B (b.p. 356K)
  2. A mixture of liquid C (b.p. 395 K) and liquid D (b.p. 360 K)

Answer:

  1. By fractional distillation
  2. By ordinary distillation.

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Question & Answers

Question 58. The Rj values of two compounds, X and Y in a mixture determined by TLC are 0.66 and 0.41 respectively. If the mixture is separated by column chromatography using the same solvent mixture as the mobile phase, which one of the two compounds will be eluted first and why?
Answer:

Compound X (Rj- = 0.66) will be eluted first. The component having a higher Rf value is adsorbed less strongly by the stationary phase (adsorbent) and hence it is eluted first.

Question 59. Give an example of each of

  1. Adsorption chromatography and
  2. Partition chromatography

Answer:

  1. Thin layer chromatography
  2. Paper chromatography

Question 60. Is it possible to get pure benzoic acid from a sample containing impurities of naphthalene through the process of crystallization using benzene as a solvent? Give reason.
Answer:

It is not possible to purify impure benzoic acid by recrystallization using benzene as a solvent because both naphthalene and benzoic acid are quite soluble in benzene. Purification is however possible if hot water is used as the solvent because benzoic acid is soluble in hot water but naphthalene is not

Question 61. Write down the bond-line structural formulas

  1. 2-methylbutane
  2. 3,3 -dimethyl hexane
  3. 2 -bromooctane and
  4. Chlorocyclopentane.

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Line Structural

Question 62. Arrange in increasing order of strength and give reasons: CH2=CHCOOH, HC=CCOOH, CH3CH2COOH
Answer:

Electronegativity of the hybridized carbon atoms increases in the sequence Csp²<Csp²<Csp

The strength of carboxylic acid increases as the electronegativity of a carbon increases. This sequence of acid strength

⇒ \(\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{\alpha}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{COOH}<\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2=\stackrel{\alpha}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HCOOH}<\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}} \equiv \stackrel{\alpha}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{COOH}\)

Question 63.  Arrange the following free radicals in order of increasing stability and explain the order

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And TechniquesIncreasing Stability Order

The stability of alkyl free radicals increases as the number of a -hydrogens increases. This is so because the extent of delocalization of the unpaired electron of any free radical increases with an increase in the number of or-H atoms. Since the number of or-H atoms in (1), (2), and (3) are 1, ,5 and 0 respectively, the sequence of stability is given by: (3)< (1)< (2).

Question 64. Designate the species as electrophile or nucleophile obtained on heterolytic cleavage of the C— C bond in ethane.
Answer: 

Ethane undergoes heterolytic bond fission to give a carbocation (methyl cation, +CH3) and a carbanion (methyl anion, CH3 ). Methyl cation is an electrophile, while methyl anion is a nucleophile.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophile And Nucleophile

Question 65. Although BF4 is an anion, it is not a nucleophile—why?
Answer:

In BF4 ion the central boron atom is negatively charged but it does not have any unshared electron-pair to act as a nucleophile.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Not Nucleophile

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Warm-Up Exercise Question And Answers

Question 1. Why are the four C —Cl bonds in CCI, equivalent?
Answer:

In forming a CCI4 molecule, a carbon atom with sp³ -hybridization (containing four equivalent sp³ – hybrid orbitals) uses its hybrid orbitals to form four C — Cl bonds with four Cl -atoms. So these C— Cl bonds are all equivalent.

Question 2. Which atoms in each of the following molecules lie in the same line and why?
Answer:

1. SP -carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in the same line  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In Same Line

2. NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In Same Line.

Short Questions and Answers Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 3. A π-bond is weaker and more reactive than a σ-bond. Sp -carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in
Answer: 

End-on overlap gives rise to σ -bonds, and lateral overlap gives rise to n -bonds. Die lateral overlap in a π-bond cannot be as effective as the overlap in a σ bond. Hence, a σ -bond is always stronger than a π -bond.

Question 4. What is the shape of each of the given compounds?

  1. H2C=O
  2. CH3CI
  3. HCN

Answer:

  1. Planar trigonal
  2. Tetrahedral
  3. Linear

Question 5. Arrange Csp—Csp, Csp² —Csp², and Csp³ —Csp³ σ -bonds in order of increasing bond length and explain the order.
Answer:
Csp—H < Csp²— H < Csp³ —H. For an explanation, see bond lengths

Question 6. Arrange Csp—Csp, Csp² —Csp², and Csp³ —Csp³ σtrbonds in order of increasing bond dissociation enthalpy and explain the order
Answer:

Csp³—Csp³, Csp² —Csp², and Csp —Csp  – For explanation see bond strength

Question 7. Which is the correct bond-line structural formula of CH3CH2C ≡ CCH2CH3NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Bond Line Structural
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Bond Line Structural

Question 8. Identify the saturated compounds:

  1. CH3CH2CH=O
  2. C2H5OH

Answer:

  1. CH3CH2CHO and
  2. CH3CH2OH

Question 9. Write down the structure of an alkane that contains only primary (1°) carbon atoms and primary (1°) hydrogen atoms.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{\mathrm{l}^{\circ}}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1^{\circ}}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3\) – Ethane

Question 10. Give examples of the following:

  1. A mixed ether
  2. A tertiary alcohol,
  3. An aromatic aldehyde
  4. A mixed anhydride and (v)a secondary amine

Answer:

  1. Ethyl methyl ether (CH3CH2OCH3)
  2. Tert-butyl alcohol [(CH3)3COH]
  3. Benzaldehyde (C6H5CHO)
  4. Dimethylamine [(CH3)2NH]

Question 11. Arrange the following functional groups in order of preference as the principal functional groups:
Answer:  —CONH2,—NH2,—CHO, —CN, —COOH, —O

Question 12. Write the structures and IUPAC names of two metamers having molecular formula, C5H10O.
Answer: CH3COCH2CH2CH3 (but-2-one) and CH3CH2COCH2CH3 (pentane-3-one)

Question 13. Arrange the following atoms or groups in increasing order of -l effect: — L, —Br, —Cl, —F
Answer:
—I < —Br < —Cl < — F.

Question 14. Arrange in decreasing order of their strength and give Newtons; CH3CH2COOH > Me2CHCOOH > Me3CCOOH
Answer:

The strength of carboxylic acid decreases as the electron-releasing effect of the alkyl group attached to the —COOH group increases. Thus, acid strength decreases in the order: CH3CH2COOH > Me2CHCOOH > Me3CCOOH.

Organic Chemistry Techniques Short Q&A Class 11 NCERT

Question 15. Why is BU3N more basic than BuNH2, in the C6H5Cl medium?
Answer:

Chlorobenzene is an aphotic solvent. In such solvents, the basic strength of the amine increases as the number of electron-donating alkyl groups on the amino nitrogen increases.

Question 16. Explain the following observation
Answer:

Resonance is inhibited due to steric hindrance. So, electrophilic substitution at the p -position does not occur.

Question 17. Label the following carbonations as 1°, 2° or 3°:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations
Answer:

(1)2° (2) 3° (3) 2° (4) 1°

Question 18. Which one of the two carb anions is less stable and why?
Answer:
The second one is less stable as it is an antiaromatic 4π -electron system).

Question 19.  What are the shapes of the free radicals CH3, CF3 and why?
Answer:

CF3: Pyramidal (sp³ -hybridised C-atom),

CH3 : Planar (sp² -hybridised C-atom)

Question 20. Why does: CCl2 act as an electrophile?
Answer: Dichlorocarbene is an electron-deficient molecule. There is only a sextet of elections in the valence shell of the carbon atom of this molecule (: CCl2). So this molecule acts as an electrophile (to fulfill the octet of carbon)

Question 21. Which one out of the SN1 and SN2 reactions is more susceptible to steric effect and why?
Answer:
The SN2 reaction is susceptible to steric effect because, in the transition state, the carbon atom undergoing nucleophilic attack is attached to five atoms or groups.

Question 22. Which of the following reactions do not involve an intermediate and why?— SN1, SN2, E1, E2
Answer: SN2 and E2 reactions are one-step processes and hence intermediate is not involved in such reactions

Question 23. Explain the reason for the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium in Lasagne’s test
Answer: The purpose of the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium is to convert nitrogen, sulfur, and halogen present in the organic compound to water-soluble sodium cyanide, sodium sulfide, and sodium halide respectively

Question 24. How will you purify a sample of benzoic acid that contains traces of common salt? 
Answer: By sublimation. Benzoic acid sublimes by, leaving behind NaCl.

Question 25. Explain why glycerol cannot be purified by simple distillation. Mention a method that can be useful.
Answer: Glycerol cannot be purified by simple distillation because it decomposes at its boiling point. It can however be purified by distillation under reduced pressure.

Question 26. How do you separate a mixture of o-nitro phenol and p-nitro phenol?
Answer: o -and p -nitro phenol can be separated from a mixture by steam distillation.

Note: o-nitro phenol is steam volatile

Question 27. In the fusion test of organic compounds, the nitrogen of an organic compound is converted to—sodium nitrate, sodium nitrify,  sodium amide, and sodium cyanide.
Answer: Sodium cyanide

Question 28. Why is Lasagne’s extract not prepared with tap water?
Answer: Tap water often contains chloride ions, which will interfere with the test for halogen.

Question 29. Write down the formula of Prussian blue.
Answer: Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3

Question 30. Why do diazonium salts not respond to Lasagne’s test?
Answer: Under hot conditions, diazonium salts decompose to liberate N2 gas, and hence they do not respond to Lasagne’s test for nitrogen.

Question 31. Beilstein test cannot be considered as a confirmatory test for the presence of halogen in a compound—why?
Answer: Many halogen-free compounds,

For example – Certain derivatives of  Pyridine and quinoline, purines, acid amides, urea, thiourea, cyano compounds, etc. Give this test, presumably owing to the formation of volatile copper cyanides.

Question 32. What is the role of CuSO4 and K2 SO4 used in Kjeldahl’s method for the estimation of nitrogen?
Answer: Potassium sulfate increases the boiling point of H2 SO4 and thus ensures a complete reaction, while copper sulfate catalyzes the reaction.

NCERT Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Short Questions & Answers

Question 33. Which method is used to estimate N in foodstuffs
Answer: Kjeldahl’s method is largely used for the estimation of nitrogen in foodstuffs, drugs, and fertilizers

Question 34. For which compounds, Kjeldahl’s method is not applicable for the estimation of nitrogen?
Answer: Kjeldahl’sand Techniques method does not apply to compounds] containing nitrogen in the ring

For example –  Pyridine, quinoline, etc.) and compounds containing nitrogen directly linked to an oxygen atom, NO2, or another nitrogen atom i.e., azo (— N=N— ) compounds.

Question 35. The weight of the compound is finally taken in the Carius method for the estimation of phosphorus
Answer: In this method, the amount of ammonium phosphomolybdic formed is weighed in the final step

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Very Short Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Which property of carbon is responsible for forming straight chains, branched chains, or rings?
Answer: Catenation property of carbon.

Question 2. Wind are the reason fort the existence of a large number of organic compounds.
Answer:

Reasons are: 

  1. Catenation property of carbon
  2. Its tendency to combine with other non-metals and
  3. Phenomenon of isomerism exhibited by carbon compounds.

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

Question 3. Find the number of <r -and ;r -boud(s) in the molecule: CH3CH2CH==CH—C = 
Answer: Number of σ -bonds = 13 and number of π-bonds = 3

Question 4. Predict the state of hybridization of the starred carbon atoms: 

1. H*C ≡ CCH3

2. 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbon Atoms

Answer:

  1. sp
  2. sp².

Question 5. What is the shape of the molecule: C6H6CN?
Answer: Planar.

Question 6. Give the shape of the molecule: HC ≡ C — C ≡CCl
Answer: Linear

Question 7. What is the state of hybridization of a carbon atom linked to two other atoms by two double bonds?
Answer: Sp -hybridization.

Question 8.  Arrange the following in order of increasing carbon-carbon bond length: ethane, ethylene, and acetylene.
Answer:

Acetylene (HC ≡ CH) < Ethylene (CH2=CH2) < Ethane (CH3—CH3).

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Class 11 Short Questions & Answers

Question 9. What will be the shape of a hydrocarbon molecule containing two sp² – & one sp³ -hybridized C-atom?
Answer: Three-dimensional.

Question 10.  Arrange in order of increasing bond dissociation enthalpy:  Csp— Csp  —Csp³ – Csp³ —, Csp² —Csp² 
Answer:

Csp³ — Csp³ < Csp² — Csp²  < Csp— Csp

Question  11. Arrange the starred C-atoms in the following compound in order of increasing s -character of their hybridization states:
1C*H32CH=3C*H—4CH=5*C=6CH—7CH28CH3
Answer:

C-1 <C-3<C-5.

Question  12. Which is the correct bond-line structural formula of CH2=CH—C = CCH2CH3 ?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line

Answer:

No. 2 s the correct bond-line structural formula.

Question 13. Write the names of an alicyclic compound and a heterocyclic compound.
Answer:

Cyclohexane and pyridine, respectively.

Question 14. Give one example of each benzenoid and non-benzenoid aromatic compound.
Answer: Toluene  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tolueneand Azulene NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Azulene

Question 15. Write down the IUPAC name of the compound represented by the swastika sign.
Answer: 3,3-diethyl pentane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Swastika

Question 16. Which one is the correct name of an alkyne containing five carbon atoms? Pent-2-yne or Pent-3-yne
Answer: Pent-2-yne.

Question 17. Mention the name of the alkyl group that may be obtained by removal of one 2° H-atom from propane.
Answer: 
Isopropyl.

Question 18. How many alkyl groups are expected to be obtained from CH3CH2CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3 by the removal of different non-equivalent H -atoms?
Answer: Seven alkyl groups because there are seven types of non-equivalent H -atoms.

Question 19. Which of the following has no existence? 

  1. 1° H – atom
  2. 3° C -atom
  3. 2° H -atom
  4. 4°H -atom

Answer: 4°H-atom has no existence

Question 20. How many 4°C-atoms are there in 2,2.3,3- tetramethylbutane?
Answer:. The number of 4°C- atoms is 2.

Question 21. How many 3°H-atoms are there in 4-ethyl-2- methylhexan e?
Answer: The number of 3° H-atoms is 2.

Question 22. Write the bond-line structural formula of an alkane with five carbon atoms which has only primary hydrogen atoms.
Answer: Bond-line structure of the alkane:

Question 23. Give examples of two terminal functional groups.
Answer: . —COOH, — CHO

Question 24. How many univalent groups are expected to be obtained from toluene?
Answer: 4 univalent groups can be expected

Question 25. What are the primary suffixes used to write IUPAC names of CH3CH3, CH2=CH2, and HC ≡CH?
Answer: ‘anej ‘ene’ and ‘yne’ respectively.

Very Short Questions and Answers Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12

Question 26. Give an example of a saturated hydrocarbon that can be represented by the general formula, CnH2n.
Answer: Cyclopentane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cyclopentane

Question 27. How many 7r -bonds are there in 3-methylidene-l, 4- pentadiene?
Answer: The number of n -bonds is 3.

Question 28. Write the names of the alkyl group(s) that may be obtained from (CH3)4C.
Answer: Neopentyl or 2,2-dimethylpropyl.

Question 29. Write the IUPAC name of a hydrocarbon containing one sp, two sp² & two sp³ -hybridized C-atoms
Answer: Penta-2,3-diene or 3-methyIbuta-l,2-diene.

Question 30. How many alkyl groups are possible having the molecular formula, C4H9?
Answer: 4 different alkyl groups are possible.

Question 31. Which type of isomerism is exhibited by n-pentane and neopentane?
Answer: Chain isomerism.

Question 32. Write down the structure and the IUPAC name of the tautomer of butanal
Answer: CH3CH2CH=CH— OH (But-l-en-l-ol).

Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Solutions for Very Short Questions

Question 33. How many structural isomers will be obtained by the displacement of two H-atoms of propane by two Cl- atoms? Write their structures.
Answer: Question 65. A compFour (ClCH2CH2CH,Cl, ClCH2CHClCH3 , Cl2CHCH2CH3 and CH3CCl2CH3).

Question 34. Write structures and names of two compounds which are position isomers as well as metamers
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Metamers

Question  35. How are the two compounds, CH2=CHCH2CH3 and related to each other?
Answer: These two compounds are ring-chain isomers.

Question 36. Which two of the following are geometrical isomers?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometrical Isomerisms
Answer: 2 and 4 are geometrical isomers.

Question 37. Which of the following compounds do not exhibit geometrical isomerism

1. 
NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Not Geometrical Isomerism

2. PhCH=CHPh

3. Me2C=NOH

4. CH2=CH—CH=CH —CH=CH2

Answer:  1 and 3 do not exhibit geometrical isomerism

Question 38. Which of the given compounds are optically active?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Optically Active

Answer: 3 and 4 are optically active compounds

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Short Q&A Chapter 12

Question 39. Mention the type of the following reaction: Me3CCH2OH + HBr Me2CBrCH2CH3 + H2O
Answer: It is a substitution and rearrangement reaction.

Question 40. How many types of non-equivalent H-atoms are present in the given compound?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Non Equivalent H Atoms
Answer: Two types of non-equivalent H-atoms are present

Question 41. In which of the given compounds, all the H-atoms are; equivalent?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Two Equivalent H Atoms

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 42. Calculate the double bond equivalent (DBE) of the compound having the molecular formula, C6H8 Is the compound aromatic?
Answer: DBE = 3 ; The compound is not aromatic

Question 43. How many monobrow derivatives are possible for each of Ortho, meta, and para-xylene?
Answer: Three, four, and two respectively

Question 44. Arrange the following groups in order of decreasing strength of -I effect groups in order of decreasing — +NR3, —NO2, —F, —CN.
Answer:  — +NR3 >NO2>—CN >—F

Question 45. Arrange the following free radicals in the decreasing order of their stability:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Free Radical Decrease Order

Answer: 5 >4>1>2>3

Question 46. In which C—C bond of CH3CH2CH2Br, the inductive effect is expected to be the least?
Answer: C-2 —C-3 bond.

Question 47. Arrange the following carbocations in increasing order of stability

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increase Order Of Stability

Answer: 4<2<1<3

Question 48. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of number of hypercoagulable hydrogen atoms:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms

Answer: 6<2<3<5 <4<1

Question 49. Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing bond dissociation enthalpy:

  1. CH3 — H
  2. (CH3)2CH-H
  3. (CH3)3C—H
  4. CH3CH2 —H

Answer: 3<2<4<1

Question 50. Arrange the following in increasing order of stability:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Order Stability

Answer: 4<2<3<1< 5

Question 51. How can aniline be purified?
Answer: By steam distillation as well as vacuum distillation.

Question 52. How can glycerol be purified?
Answer: By distillation under reduced pressure.

Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Short Questions Class 11

Question 53. Suggest a method to separate a mixture of o-hydroxybenzaldehyde and p-hydroxybenzaldehyde.
Answer: Steam distillation.

Question 54. How will you separate a mixture of two solid pounds of different solubilities in the same solvent?
Answer: By fractional crystallization.

Question  55. An organic liquid decomposes below its boiling point. How can it be purified?
Answer: By distillation under reduced pressure.

Question 56. Which technique can be used to purify iodine-containing traces of common salt?
Answer: Sublimation.

Question 57. Suggest a method for the purification of a liquid containing non-volatile Impurities.
Answer: Simple distillation

Question 58. How can aniline (b.p. 184°C) be separated from petroleum ether (b.p. 40-60°C)?
Answer: By simple distillation

Question 59. Out of water and benzene, which can be used to purify benzoic acid containing naphthalene by fractional crystallization?
Answer: Water (because both are soluble in benzene).

Question 60. Give an example of a chromatographic technique in which both the mobile and stationary phases are liquids
Answer: Paper chromatography.

Question 61. Mention two distillation processes in which organic liquids boil at temperatures below their respective boiling points. 
Answer: Distillation under reduced pressure & steam distillation.

Question 62. Explain why the Lassaigne’s extract should not be prepared by using tap water.
Answer: Because tap water contains chloride ion (Cl )

Question 63. Give an example of a compound that does not contain halogen but gives Beilstein’s test
Answer:  Pyridine (C6H5N)

Question 64. In Carius’s method for estimation of phosphorus, the precipitate of which compound is finally obtained?
Answer: Ammonium phosphomolybdate [(NH4)3PO4-12MoO3] or magnesium pyrophosphate (Mg2P2O7).

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Class 11 Very Short Questions & Answers

Question 65. Give an example of a nitrogenous organic compound to which Kjeldahl’s method for the estimation of nitrogen is not applicable.
Answer: Azobenzene (C6H5— N=N—C6H5)

Question 66. What is the C — C=C bond angle value in a benzene (C6H6) molecule?
Answer: 120°

Question 67.  What is the H — C = C bond angle value in an acetylene (C2H2) molecule?
Answer: 180°

Question 68.  Mention the state of hybridization of C and N-atoms in
Answer: sp, sp²

Question 69. Mention the state of hybridization of the carbon atoms present in the molecule, CH3CH =C =CHCH2CH3.
Answer: sp, sp, sp, sp, sp, sp

Question 70.  Give the name of a simple organic molecule that has a cylindrical n -electron cloud.
Answer: Acetylene

Question 71.  Give an example of a molecule in which all atoms lie in the same plane.
Answer: CH2=CH2

Question 72.  Give an example of a molecule in which all the atoms lie in a straight line.
Answer: HC = CH

Question 73. Calculate the number of cr and n -bonds in the molecule, CH3CH=CH—C = C —CHO.
Answer: σ -bond:12, π -bonds

Question 74. What are the possible values of n if CH2=(C)n—CH2 is a planar molecule?
Answer: n = 0,2,4, — etc

Question 75. What are the possible values of n if CH2— (C)nn=CH2 is a non-planar molecule?
Answer: n = 1, 3, 5, etc.

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Short Answer Solutions

Question 76. Write the structure of a hydrocarbon molecule that contains one 4° carbon atom.
Answer:  (CH3)4C;

Question 77. Give an example of a compound that contains primary (1°), secondary (2°), and tertiary (3°) H -atoms.
Answer: CH3CH2CH(CH3)2

Question 78. How many alkyl groups can be derived from the alkane, CH3(CH2)3CH3?
Answer: Three

Question 79.  Write the group prefix used for the — COOH group.
Answer: ‘oic acid’;

Question 80.  Write the IUPAC name:
Answer: (3-ethyl-l-methyl)-pentyl -CH(CH3)CH2C(C2H5)CH2CH3

Question 81.  Write the IUPAC name: CH2=CH—CH=CH — C = CH
Answer: 
Hexa-l,3-dien-5-yne

Question 82.  Write the structure and name of an alkane having five C- atoms which on bromination gives only one monobromo derivative.
Answer: 
Neopentane [(CH3)4C];

Question 83. Write structures of two compounds which are metamers as well as position isomers.
Answer: CH3CO(CH2)2CH3, C2H5COC2H5

Question 84. Give an example of a carbonyl compound in which tautomerism does not take place.
Answer: Benzaldehyde (C6H5CHO)

Question 85.  Give an example of a 3° free radical containing six hyperconjugable hydrogens.
Answer: (CH3CH2)3C

Question 86.Which is the most stable carbocation having the formula,
Answer: Terf-butyl cation, Me3C

Question 87. Which has greater resonance stabilization—PhNH2 or PhNH3?
Answer: PhNH2

Question 88. Write the name of a cyclic compound that is isomeric with but-l-ene.
Answer: Cyclobutane

Question 89.  Write the names of two non-polar solvents that are commonly employed for crystallization.
Answer: Benzene and carbon tetrachloride

Question 90.  What type of furnace is used in the Carius method for the estimation of halogens?
Answer: Bomb furnace

Question 91. Mention the type of chromatography in which both the mobile and stationary phases are liquid.
Answer: Paper chromatography

Question 92. With the help of which type of distillation process glycerol can be purified?
Answer: Distillation under reduced pressure

Very Short Questions on Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Class 11

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques

Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. When four alkyl groups are attached to a carbon atom, that particular C-atom is called _______________
Answer:

Question 2. The shape of the molecule containing only sp² -hybridized carbon atoms is _______________
Answer: Planar

Question 3. The C-2 atom ofpropa-1,2-dieneis ________hybridised.
Answer: sp

Question 4. The shape of the molecule containing only sp-hybridized carbon atoms is_______________
Answer: Linear

Question 5. The successive members of a homologous series differ by _______________ mass units.
Answer: 14

Question 6. The molecule, HC = C—CH —CH — CH3 contains _______________ a -bonds.
Answer: 10

Question 7. The molecule contains_______________ 2°H -atoms.
Answer: 4

Question 8. The general formula of dihydric alcohol is _______________
Answer: CnH2n(OH)2

Question 9. The compound, 5-(l,2-dimethylpropyl)-6-ethyldecane contains _______________ 3° carbon atoms.
Answer: 4

Question 10. Stereoisomers have _______________ atom-to-atom bonding sequence or connectivity.
Answer: Same

Question 11. The number of isomers of a benzenoid aromatic compound having molecular formula, C7H8O is _______________
Answer: 5

Question 12. Ethoxyethane and 2-methoxy propane are related as _______________
Answer: 12 metamers

Question 13. The amount of negative charge present on each O-atom of carbonate ion is _______________
Answer: =-2/3

Very Short Questions on Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Class 11

Question 14. The homolytic fission of a covalent bond requires _______________ energy than that required by its heterolytic c fission.
Answer: Less

Question 15. _______________ involves delocalization of σ -electrons of C — H bond of an alkyl group directly attached to an unsaturated system or to an atom with a vacant or singly p-orbital.
Answer: Hyperconjugation

Question 16. In paper chromatography, both the stationary and mobile phases are _______________
Answer: Liquid

Question 17. An impure sample of benzoic acid containing a little sodium chloride can be purified by _______________
Answer: Sublimation

Question 18. In steam distillation, the organic liquid boils at a _______________ temperature than its normal boiling point.
Answer: Lower

Question 19. In Cariu’s method of estimation, chlorine present in an organic compound is converted into _______________.
Answer: AgCl

Question 20. _______________ distillation is used to remove water from rectified spirit.
Answer: Azeotropic

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Fundamental Concepts Of Organic Reaction Mechanism

Fundamental Concepts Of Organic Reaction Mechanism

In an organic reaction, the organic molecule (called the substrate) reacts with a suitable attacking species (called the reagent) to form products. The formation of produces) may take place either directly from the reactants (i.e., substrate and reagent) through a transition state or the formation of one or more intermediates. Some by-products may also be formed from the intermediate

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Intermediates

The reagents are mostly either positively or negatively charged. A positively charged reagent attacks the site which is rich in electrons while a negatively charged reagent attacks that site which is electron deficient. So, for the reaction to take place in the covalent bond of the substrate, the bond must have some degree of ionic character.

Although the bond of an organic compound is mainly covalent, that bond becomes partially ionic due to some permanent or temporary displacement of the bonding electrons.

The ionic nature of a bond may be attributed to the following reasons:

  1. Inductive effect
  2. Electromeric effect
  3. Resonance
  4. Hyperconjugation.

Besides these electronic effects, steric effect or steric hindrance plays a very important role in determining the reactivity of organic compounds

Read and Learn More CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes

1. Inductive effect

Inductive effect Definition:

The permanent displacement of electrons along a carbon chain which occurs when some atom or group, either more or less electronegative than carbon is attached to the carbon chain is called the inductive effect

Inductive effect When a covalent bond is formed between two atoms having different electronegativities, the bonding electron pair is not shared equally by the two atoms. The electron pair being attracted by the more electronegative atom gets shifted more towards it. Consequently, the more electronegative atom acquires a partial negative charge (i.e., 6- ) and the less electronegative atom acquires a partial positive charge (Le., d+).

Organic Reaction Mechanism Fundamentals Class 11 Notes

Example:

When an electronegative (electron-withdrawing) Clatom (or a group such as — NO2 ) is attached to the end of a carbon chain (whose carbon atoms are designated as 1, 2, 3,… etc.), the cr -electrons ofthe Cx —Cl bond are attracted by or displaced more towards the Cl-atom. As a result, the Cl-atom acquires a partial negative charge (δ-) and the carbon, C1, acquires a partial positive charge (δ+). As Cj is now somewhat positively charged, it in turn, attracts the cr -electrons of the C1-C2 bond towards it So, C2 acquires a partial positive charge (SS+) smaller in magnitude than that on C1. Similarly, C3 acquire a partial positive charge (δδδ+) even smaller than that on C2

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Positive Charge

Similarly, if an element less electronegative than carbon, such as lithium (Li) (or any other electron-releasing group or atom), is attached to the terminal C -atom bf a carbon chain, then a partial positive charge (<5+) is developed on the Li-atom and a partial negative charge (6-) is developed on the Cx -atom.

The small negative charge on C1, in turn, repels the cr -electrons of the C1—C2 bond towards C2. As a result, C2 acquires a partial negative charge (δδ-) smaller in magnitude than that of C1 Similarly, C3 acquires a partial negative charge (δδδ-) which is even smaller than that of C2

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Negative Charge

Inductive effect Characteristics:

  • This type of charge dispersal, which diminishes rapidly as the distance from the source increases, almost becomes negligible after the third carbon atom and is ignored.
  • It is to be noted that although the inductive effect causes some degree of polarity in covalent bonds, the bond is never cleaved due to the effect.
  • The inductive effect is represented by the symbol ( —<—). The arrow always points towards the more electronegative atom or group.

Measurement of inductive effect:

The inductive effect is always transmitted along a chain of carbon atoms. It cannot be expressed by any absolute value. The relative inductive effect of an atom or group is measured by taking H -atom of the R3C — H molecule as standard. When an atom or group- Z of the C — Z bond of the R3C —Z molecule attracts the bonding electrons more strongly than hydrogen of the C—H bond in the R3C— H molecule.

Then according to the definition introduced by Ingold, Z is said to have a negative inductive effect or electron-withdrawing inductive effect or -I effect. On the other hand, if the atom or group Z attracts the bonding electrons of the C — Z bond less strongly than the hydrogen atom of the C — H bond, then it is said to have a positive inductive effect or electron-releasing inductive effect or +1 effect

+I effect:  —NH > —O > — COO > (CH3)3C— > (CH3)2CH — > CH3CH2 — > CH3 — > D

– I effect:+NR3> — +SR2> — +NH3 > — NO2 > -SO2R > — CN > — COOH > — F > — Cl > — Br > — I > — OR > — OH

Impact of inductive effect and its explanation:

Some important properties of organic compounds such as acidic property, basic property, bond polarity, and chemical reactivity vary remarkably due to inductive effect. Some examples of the influence of + 1 and – I effects on the properties of organic compounds are discussed here

1. Strength of monocarboxylic acids

Rule 1:

The relative strengths of monocarboxylic acids can be explained by the inductive effect ofthe substituent present in the carbon chain. If an electron releasing group or atom is attached directly to the -COOH group or to the carbon chain close to the -COOH group, then the positive inductive effect (+1) of such group increases the electron density on the oxygen atom of the

O— H group and consequently, the shared pair of electrons of the O — H bond is less strongly attracted towards the oxygen atom. As a result, the dissociation of the O —H bond to give H+ ion is less favoured. Thus, a group having a + I effect, when present in a monocarboxylic acid molecule decreases the strength of that acid.

On the other hand, if an electron-withdrawing group or atom is attached to the carbon chain close to the —COOH group, the negative inductive effect (-1) of such group decreases the electron density on the oxygen atom of the O— H group and consequently, the shared pair of electrons of O —H bond are more strongly attracted towards the oxygen atom. As a result, the dissociation of the O—H bond to give H+ ion is facilitated. Thus, a group having – I effect, when present in a monocarboxylic acid molecule, increases the strength of that acid molecule.

Example: Chloroacetic acid is stronger than acetic acid

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Chloroacetic Acid

Rule 2:

The strength of carboxylic acid increases as the extent of the effect ofthe substituent increases.

Example:

-I effect of the halogens follows the order: fluorine > chlorine > bromine > iodine. So, among the halogen-substituted acetic acids, trifluoroacetic acid (FCH2COOH) is the strongest while iodoacetic acid (ICH2COOH) is the weakest

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carboxylic Acid

Rule 3:

With the increase in the number of electron-attracting substituents, the strength of the acid increases.

Example:

Dichloroacetic acid is stronger than monochloroacetic acid while trichloroacetic acid is stronger than dichloroacetic acid.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Acid Increases

Rule 4:

As the distance ofthe electron attracting substituent from the carboxyl group increases, the strength of the acid decreases.

Example:

2-chlorobutanoic acid is a stronger acid than 3- chlorobutanoic acid which in turn is stronger than 4- chlorobutanoic acid

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Chlorobutanoic Acid

Acid strength can also be explained in terms of the relative stabilities of the acid and its conjugate base. Electron withdrawing groups (EWG) disperse the negative charge on the anion [i.e., conjugate base), thus stabilising it and hence increasing acidity. On the contrary, electron-donating groups EDG intensify the negative charge on the anion, thus destabilise it and hence decrease acidity

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques EWG Stabilise

2. The Basic Strength Of Amines

The increase in the strength of nitrogenous bases, e.g., amines, is related to the readiness with which they are prepared to take up protons and therefore, to the availability of the unshared pair ofelectrons on nitrogen.

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Reaction Mechanism NCERT Notes

Example:

We might expect the order of basic strength:

NH3<CH3NH2<(CH3)2NH<(CH3)3N> due to the increasing inductive effect (+1) of successive —CH3 groups making the N -atom more negatively charged, i.e., making the unshared pair of electrons more readily available. However, this sequence of basic strength of amines agrees with the results if measurements of basicity are made in the gas phase or in a solvent in which H -H-bonding does not take place

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Amines

Basic strength increases (in the gas phase or in a solvent which does not form H-bond with amines). The introduction of electron-withdrawing groups close to the basic centre causes a decrease in F3Cthe basicity, due to their electron- Tri-trifluoromethylamine (virtually non-basic) withdrawing inductive effect.

An interesting example is the amine, (CF3)3N which is found to be virtually non-basic, due to the presence of three powerful electron-withdrawing — CF3 groups, each of which contains three highly electronegative F -atoms.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tri Trifluoromethylamine

The order of basic strength of amines in aqueous medium is:

⇒ \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_2 \ddot{\mathrm{N}} \mathrm{H}\left(2^{\circ}\right)>\mathrm{CH}_3 \ddot{\mathrm{N}} \mathrm{H}_2\left(1^{\circ}\right)>\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \ddot{\mathrm{N}}\left(3^{\circ}\right)\)

Due to the combined effect of hydrogen bonding and +1 effect of— CH3, groups, the conjugate acid of (CH3)2 NH i.e.,   (CH3)2 +NH2 is the most stable while the conjugate acid of (CH3)3N, i.e., (CH3)3 NH is the least stable and for this reason, in the aqueous medium, the above order of basicity  observed

2.  Electromeric effect

The complete transfer of a pair of 7t -electrons of a multiple bond (double bonds such as C=C, C=0 and triple bonds such as C = C and G= N ) to one of the multiple bonded atoms (usually the more electronegative one) in the presence of an attacking reagent is called electromeric effect or E-effect.

The transfer of the electron pair is indicated by a curved arrow. As soon as the reagent is removed, this effect vanishes and the molecule reverts back to its original position. Since this effect occurs by the presence ofthe attacking reagent, it takes place in the direction which facilitates the reaction. The electromeric effect may be represented as follows

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electromeric Effect

Types of electromeric effect:

+ E-effect:

If the electron pair of the -bond is transferred to that doubly bonded atom to which the attacking species gets finally attached, then the effect is called +E-effect

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Positive E Effect

– E-effect:

If the electron pair of the π-bond is transferred to that doubly bonded atom to which the attacking species Mous Lewis structures, which differ in the do not get finally attached, the effect is called -E-effect

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Negetive E Effect

The distinction between inductive and electromeric effect:

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Distinction Between Inductive And Electromeric Effect

3. Resonance

Resonance Definition:

Various Lewis structures, which differ in the positions of non-bonding or ;r -electrons but not in the relative positions of atoms, are called resonance structures, contributing structures or canonical forms. This concept is known as resonance

There are some molecules or ions which cannot be represented adequately by a single electronic (Lewis) structure as all the properties of such molecules or ions do not correspond to a single Lewis structure. In such cases, it becomes necessary to represent the molecule or ion by writing two or more Lewis structures which differ in the arrangements of valence electrons but the basic structure involving cr -bonds remains the same.

It should be remembered that resonance is not a phenomenon, because there is no real existence of different resonance structures. These structures are all imaginary and are taken into consideration to explain the different physical and chemical properties of molecules or ions. The actual structure of the molecule or the ion lies in between these structures. We say that the actual molecule or ion is a resonance hybrid (weighted average) of all these resonance structures.

Resonance is also known as mesomerism. The various resonance structures are connected by double-headed arrows. They contribute to the actual structure in proportion to their stability. The magnitude of internal energy of the resonance hybrid of a molecule or ion is less than that of any resonating structure. Thus the molecule or ion gets stabilised by resonance

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Organic Reaction Mechanism

Examples:

1. Benzene molecule can be represented as a resonance ~ hybrid (III) of two Kekule structures:

I and II. Neither ofthe two structures can fully explain all the properties of benzene. For example, both structures I and II contain two types of carbon-carbon bonds such as C—C (1.54 Å) and C = C (1.34 Å). But actually, it has been found that all the 6 carbon-carbon bonds in benzene are of equal length (1.39 Å).

This suggests that the actual structure of benzene can neither be represented by I nor by II but by a resonance hybrid of these two structures in which all the six carbon-carbon bonds are of equal length and lie in between carbon-carbon single bond length of 1.54 Å and carbon-carbon double bond length of 1.34 Å. So, benzene is quite often represented by the non-Lewis structure III. The circle inside the ring indicates completely delocalised 6 n -electrons. Since I and II are exactly equivalent, They are of the same stability and make equal contributions to the hybrid

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Kekule Structures

2. Carbonate ion (CO32-) may be represented as a resonance hybrid ofthe following three structures:

IV, V and VI. None of the three structures can individually explain all the properties of carbonate ions. For example, in all three structures, the carbon-oxygen single bond (1.43Å) and carbon-oxygen double bond (1.20 Å) are present.

However, it has been found experimentally that all the carbon-oxygen bonds in carbonate ion are equal in length (1.28 A) and this bond length is slightly greater than that of the double bond but less than that of the single bond. All the three carbon-oxygen bonds are equivalent. So, the structural formula of the carbonate ion denotes a state equidistant from the three structures IV, V and VI and it is frequently expressed by the non-Lewis structure VII.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lewis Structure

Rules for writing meaningful resonance structures:

The following rules are to be followed while writing realistic resonance structures:

  • The various resonance structures should differ only in the positions of electrons and not in the positions of atoms, Le., the basic structure involving cr -bonds should remain undisturbed.
  • The number of paired and unpaired electrons in each resonance structure must be the same.
  • All the atoms involved in the process of resonance must be coplanar (or nearly coplanar).
  • All the resonance structures should have nearly the same energy.
  • Each resonance structure must be a bona fide Lewis structure, i.e., all atoms in a resonance structure must exhibit proper valencies.
  • For example: There must not be any structure with pentavalent carbon, pentavalent nitrogen, bivalent hydrogen and so on.

Resonance energy:

The difference in internal energy between the actual molecule (observed value) and that of the resonance structure having the lowest internal energy or highest stability (obtained by calculation) is called resonance energy. The resonance energy is greater when

  • The contributing structures are all equivalent and
  • The number of contributing structures of roughly comparable energy is greater.

Calculation of resonance energy:

Resonance energy is not a measurable quantity. It can only be estimated from thermochemical data. If the theoretically calculated internal energy of a gram-mole of the most stable resonance structure is EC and the experimentally determined internal energy of the actual molecule (resonance hybrid) is EO, then the resonance energy ER = EC-EO. Resonance energy is expressed in kcal mol-1 or kj mol-1.

The greater the resonance energy, more the stability of the compound. The resonance energy becomes maximum when the contributing structures are equivalent, i.e., have equal energy content. Also, the more the number of resonance structures having a large contribution, the greater will be the resonance energy.

In determining the relative stabilities of similar molecules or ions, resonance energy is an important factor among various other factors like bond energy, internal strain etc.

Example:

The resonance energy of benzene can be calculated from the heat of hydrogenation values. The heat of hydrogenation is the quantity of heat evolved when the mol of an unsaturated compound is hydrogenated. Cyclohexene containing 1 double bond has a heat of hydrogenation of 28.6 kcal mol-1.

We might reasonably expect 1,3,5-cyclohexatriene to have a heat of hydrogenation of about three times as large as cyclohexene, i.e.,3 × 28.6 = 05.8 kcal .mol-1.

The value for benzene is 49.8 kcal .mol-1. It is 36 kcal .mol-1 less than the expected value. So, benzene evolves 36 kcal less energy per mole than predicted. This can only mean that benzene is more stable than hypothetical cyclohexadiene by 36 kcal .mol-1 energy. This 36 kcal. mol-1 energy is the resonance energy of benzene.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Of Benzene

Fundamental Concepts of Organic Reaction Mechanism Class 11 Notes

Relative contributions of resonance structures towards resonance hybrid:

All resonance structures do not contribute equally towards resonance hybrid. Relative contributions of resonance structures towards resonance hybrid depend on their relative stabilities. The more stable the resonance structure, the more will be its contribution to resonance hybrid.

Factors that govern the stability of a resonance structure and its relative contribution towards hybrid are :

Rule 1:

Non-polar resonance structures, being more stable than the dipolar resonance structures, contribute more towards the resonance hybrid.

Example:

In the following alkadiene, the first resonance structure is more stable and thus contributes more than the second dipolar resonance structure

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Second Dipolar Reasonance Structure

Rule 2:

Resonance structures with a greater number of covalent bonds are more stable and contribute more towards the resonance hybrid.

Example:

In the following acyl cation, the second resonance structure having a greater number of covalent bonds is more stable and more contributing.

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Covalent Bonds Is More Stable

Rule 3:

In case of anions, the most stable structure is the one in which the negative charge resides on the most electronegative the one in which the positive charge resides on the least electronegative atom. So, these structures are more contributing.

Example:

Resonance structures II and IV of the following anion and cation are relatively more stable hence more contributing towards their respective resonance hybrids.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reasonance Hybrids

Rule 4:

Canonical structures in which octets of all the atoms are fulfilled are relatively more stable and therefore, make a larger contribution towards the resonance hybrid.

Example:

The second resonance structure of the following acylium ion is more stable and more contributing because all the atoms have octets of electrons in their valence shells (except H which has a duplet).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Second Reasonace

Rule 5:

Aromatic resonance structures are more stable and more contributing than the non-aromatic resonance structures having the same number of covalent bonds. Example: The aromatic resonance structure I of benzyl cation is more stable and more contributing than the non-aromatic resonance structure II.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Non Aromatic

Organic Reaction Mechanism Overview Class 11 Chemistry

Rule 6:

A resonance structure having two units of charge on the same atom is not stable and hence it has a very poor contribution. Again, structures having like charges on adjacent atoms are highly unstable and hence it has a negligible contribution. On the other hand, a resonance structure having two dissimilar charges close to each other is relatively more stable and more contributing than the structure in which the charges are further apart.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Contributing

Rule 7:

The resonance energy of a system involving monopolar resonance structures is greater than that involving dipolar resonance structures. So the former type of systems (i.e., molecules or ions) are more stable than the latter type.

Example:

Carboxylate ion is more stable (in fact more stabilised by resonance) than the corresponding carboxylic acid

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Polar Structures

Some facts about resonance structures:

  • Resonance structures are not real.
  • Resonance structures are not in equilibrium with each other.
  • Resonance structures are not isomers because the two isomers differ in the arrangement of both atoms and electrons, whereas resonance structures differ only in the arrangement ofelectrons

Effect of resonance on the properties of molecules:

The following properties of different molecules or ions can be explained by resonance

1. Bond length

Because of resonance, the single bond present in a molecule or ion may acquire a partial double bond character with a consequent decrease in bond length. Similarly, the double bond may acquire some single bond character with a consequent increase in bond length.

Example: Due to resonance, the C — Cl bond (1.69 Å) of vinyl chloride (CH2 = CHCl) becomes shorter than C — Cl bond (1.76 Å) of ethyl chloride and its C=C bond (1.38 Å) becomes longer than the C=C bond (1.34 Å) of ethene

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Vinyl Chloride

2. Dipole moment

As a result of resonance, both the magnitude ofthe charge separated (e) and the distance between two charged centres (d) in any molecule may increase. So, the value of dipole moment (p = e × d) increases.

Example:

Due to resonance, the amount of charge separated and the distance between the centres of charges in nitroethane (CH2=CHNO2) is greater as compared to nitroethane (CH3CH2NO2). Consequently, the dipole moment <p) nitroethane is greater than that of nitroethane.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dipole Moment.

3. Acidity And Basicity Of Organic Compounds

Acidic character of phenol:

The greater the ease with which a compound releases proton (H+) in its aqueous solution, the stronger it will be as an acid. That phenol is acidic and is a stronger acid than alcohol can be well explained in terms of resonance. Phenol in its aqueous solution ionises to produce phenoxide ions as follows

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Phenoxide Ion

CBSE Class 11 Organic Reaction Mechanism Fundamental Concepts

Phenol can be represented as a resonance hybrid of the following resonance structures (I -V):

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Structure

Due to the contribution ofthe resonance structures n, in an IV the O -atom becomes positively charged. Because of this, the polarity of the O—H bond increases and hence the tendency of O—H bond fission (to release a proton) also increases. On the other hand, no such resonance is possible in a molecule of alcohol.

So, the alcoholic O — H bond is relatively less polar and the tendency of bond cleavage resulting in proton release is indeed very small. Hence, phenol is more acidic than alcohol.

Alternative explanation:

This relative acidity may also be explained by considering the phenol-phenoxide ion and Alcohol-alkoxide ion equilibria. Like phenol, phenoxide ion may also be represented as a resonance hybrid of the following (VI – X) resonance structures:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Structures Of Phenoxide

Three (II, III and IV) out of five resonance structures of phenol involve charge separation, but the resonance structures of phenoxide ion involve no charge separation. The negative charge is only delocalised. Because of this, phenoxide ion is more resonance stabilised than phenol.

As a consequence, the equilibrium of phenol-phenoxide ion tends to shift towards the right, i.e., phenol exhibits acidic properties by releasing proton (H+) easily. On the other hand, both alcohol and alkoxide ions can be satisfactorily represented by single (localised) structures. Due to the absence of differential stabilisation caused by resonance, alcohol is very reluctant to produce alkoxide ions. So, phenol is a stronger acid than alcohol.

The basic character of aniline:

Aniline is a weak base and its basicity is much weaker than aliphatic amines (RNH2). This can be explained by resonance. It can be represented as a resonance hybrid ofthe following resonance structures:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Aniline

1. An unshared pair of electrons on the N-atom of aniline becomes involved in resonance interaction with the ring. As a result, N-atom acquires a partial positive charge. Consequently, aniline exhibits little tendency to take up a proton. So aniline is a weak bases

2. However, in the case of aliphatic amines, similar delocalisation of electrons by resonance is not possible, Naturally the electron density on N-atom is not reduced. In fact, due to the +1 effect of the alkyl group (R-), the electron density on Natom is somewhat increased.

As a consequence, nitrogen can easily donate its electron pair to a proton (H+) to combine with it. Thus, aniline (C6H5NH2) is a weaker base than aliphatic amines (RNH2). Apart from this, relative basicity can also be explained by considering aniline-anilinium ion and amine ammonium ion equilibrium systems.

Aniline is a resonance hybrid of five resonance structures (I-V).In the conjugate acid anilinium ion, the lone pair of electrons on the N atom is localised in the N —H bond and so, only two structures (VI and VII) can be drawn for its hybrid. Therefore, aniline is more resonance-stabilised concerning the anilinium ion. As a result of this, protonation of aniline is disfavoured.

None of the aliphatic amine and its conjugate acid can be stabilised by resonance. The conjugate acid is stabilised by the weak +1 effect ofthe -R group. Protonation ofthe aliphatic amine is, therefore, not disfavoured and is is somewhat favoured. Thus, aromatic amines are weaker bases than aliphatic amines.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Aliphatic Amines

Finally, in aromatic amine, the amino group is attached to sp² -carbon (more electronegative), whereas in aliphatic amine, it is attached to sp³ -carbon (less electronegative). This factor is also partly responsible for decreased basicity of aromatic amines than aliphatic amines.

Resonance effect or mesomeric effect

Resonance effect or mesomeric effect Definition:

The displacement of non-bonding or electrons from one part of a conjugated system (having alternate single and double bonds) to the other part causing permanent polarity in the system (creating centres of high and low electron density) is called resonance effect (R-effect) or mesomeric effect (M-effect)

Organic Reaction Mechanism NCERT Class 11 Notes

There are two types of resonance or mesomeric effect: 

1. +R or +M-effect:

An atom or a group is said to have a +R or +M effect if it involves the transfer of electrons away from the atom or the substituent group attached to a double bond or a conjugated system

+ R or +M groups: —OH, —OR, —SH , — NH2, —Cl, — Br, —I etc.

Example: +M effect of Cl -atom in vinyl chloride may be shown as follows

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Vinyl Chloride

2. — R or —M- effect:

An atom or a group is said to have a — R or — M effect if it involves the transfer of electrons towards the atom or the substituent group attached to a double bond or a conjugated system.

R or -M groups: >C= O, —CHO, —COOR, — CN, —NO2 etc.

Example: -M -effect of —CHO group in acetaldehyde may be shown as follows:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Acraldehyde

4. Hyperconjugation 

Hyperconjugation Definition:

When a carbon containing at least one H -atom is attached to multiple bonds such as C=C, C ≡ C, C= O, C ≡ N etc., the cr -electrons of the C — H bond become involved in delocalisation with the π electrons of the unsaturated system, i.e., there occurs a σ-π conjugation.

Similarly, σ-p type of conjugation may also take place when a carbon-containing at least one H-atom is attached to a carbon-containing partially filled or vacant p -p-orbital. This special type of resonance or conjugation, giving stability to the species (molecule, free radical or carbocation) is called hyperconjugation.

Hyperconjugation causes a permanent polarity in the molecule and is known as the hyperconjugation effect

Examples:

1. Incaseofpropene (CH3CH=CH2)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hyperconjugative

Although one C—H bond ofthe methyl group is shown to be broken in each hyperconjugative structure, H+ is never free from the rest of the molecule nor does it change its position in the molecule. However, from the point of view of apparent fission of the C —H bond, hyperconjugation is also called no-bond resonance.

2. In the case of ethyl cation, hyperconjugation may be shown as:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ethyl Cation

3. In Case of ethyl radical:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ethyl Radical

Conditions for effective hyperconjugation:

For effective hyperconjugation, the p-orbital concerned and the a-C —H bond, i.e., the sp³-s orbital must remain in the same plane. Orbital representations of hyperconjugation in propene and ethyl cation are shown as follows:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hyperconjugation

Although the stability of a molecule, ion or free radical increases due to hyperconjugation, this stability is less than that contributed by resonance. After the names of the scientists who proposed this theory, hyperconjugation is also called the BakerNathan effect.

Effects of hyperconjugation:

1. Relative stabilities of alkenes:

The stabilities of alkenes can easily be explained by hyperconjugation. The greater the number of a -hydrogen atoms (II-atom present on the carbon atom attached directly to a double bonded carbon), i.e., the greater the number of hyper conjugative structures, the higher the stability of the alkene due to hyperconjugation

Example:

2-Methylpropcne [(CH)2C=CH2 having 6 hyperconjugable or-H atoms gives 6 no-bond resonance structures while the isomeric compound, 1 -butene (CH3CH2CH = CH2) having only 2 hyperconjugable a-H atoms gives only 2 no-bond resonance structures.

It thus follows that 2-methyl propyne is thermodynamically more stable than its isomer

Directive influence of alkyl groups:

The ortho- and paradirective influence of alkyl groups can be explained by hyperconjugation.

Example:

Directive influence of the —CH3 group in toluene, can be explained based on hyperconjugation as follows:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkyl Groups

As a result of hyperconjugation, the electron density at ortho- and para-positions increases and as a consequence, the electrophilic substitution reactions in toluene occur mainly at these two positions. It thus follows that the alkyl groups are o, p-directing.

Class 11 Chemistry Reaction Mechanism Basic Concepts

Relative stabilities of carbocations:

Due to hyperconjugation, the C — H bonding electron pair is attracted towards the positively charged C -atom of the carbocation.

This helps in dispersing the positive charge in different parts of the alkyl group, i.c., charge delocalisation resulting in instability of the carbocation.

As the number of a-H atoms increases, the number of no-bond resonance structures of carbocation increases which enhances the extent of charge delocalisadon and consequent stabilisation.

Hence, the order of stability of ethyl, isopropyl and left-butyl cation, due to hyperconjugation is:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations

Relative stabilities of free radicals:

Because of hyperconjugation, the odd electron of a free radical undergoes delocalisation for which it becomes stabilised.

With the increase in the number of α-H atoms, the number of no-bond resonance structures of a free radical increases and as a result, delocalization of the odd electron takes place to a greater extent and the stability of free radicals also increases.

Therefore, the stability of ethyl, isopropyl and for-butyl radicals follow the order:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tert Butyl Radicals

Bond length:

Because of hyperconjugation, the carbon-carbon single bond in propene (CH3—CH=CH2) acquires some double bond character and the carbon-carbon double bond acquires some single bond character.

As a result, the C — C bond in propene is found to be a little shorter (1.488 Å) than the normal C —C bond (1.543 Å) in ethane and the C=C bond is found to be a little longer (1.353 Å) than the normal C=C bond (1.334 Å) in ethylene

Electron-releasing power of alkyl groups attached to unsaturated systems or electron-deficient carbon atoms:

This depends on the number of or-H atoms. The methyl ( —CH3) group having three α-H atoms has the highest hyperconjugative effect while this effect is non-existent with the t-butyl group (Me3C— ) having no a-H atom. So, electron releasing power of various alkyl groups when attached to a double bond (or an electron-deficient carbon) follows the order:

CH3 →CH3CH3→ (CH3)2CH→ (CH3)3C—

This order is exactly the reverse of the order of the +I-effect of these alkyl groups

5. Steric hindrance or steric strain

Steric hindrance  Definition:

Steric hindrance or steric strain refers to repulsive interactions between non-bonded atoms or groups which arise when the atoms or groups come very close to each other.

When two non-bonded atoms in a molecule Are closer to each other than the sum of their van der Waals radii, they repel each other due to spatial -crowding.

The repulsion arises primarily due to electron-electron repulsive forces involving the non-bonded atoms. Such repulsive interactions between non-bonded atoms is known as steric hindrance or steric strain. Steric strain is responsible for decreased stability or destabilisation of molecules.

When the sheer bulk of groups at or near a reacting site of a molecule hinders or retards a reaction, it is called steric hindrance. On the other hand, if the constituent atoms or groups of a molecule or ion owing to their bulky nature require more space than what is available for them, i.e., when they are forced too close to one another, then mechanical interference forced too close to one another, mechanical interference ion is then said to be under steric strain. Steric strain makes the species unstable, i.e., its energy increases

Example:

In cis. 2-butene, two -CH3 groups lying on the same side of the double bond are quite close to each other and so they get involved in steric interaction. In trans-2- butene, two —CH3 groups lying on the opposite sides of the double bond are far apart from each other so they are not involved in steric interaction. Thus, cis-2-butene is thermodynamically less stable than Frans-2-butene

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Steric Strain

The heat of hydrogenation of cis-isomer is 28.6 kcal mol-1 and for trans-isomer is 27.6 kcal .mol-1. This observation agrees with the relative stabilities of these isomeric alkenes. Because of steric hindrance, tertbutyl chloride does not hydrolysis by an SN2 mechanism

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Steric Hindrance

Effect on Stability or reactivity:

Steric hindrance is responsible for decreasing the stability and increasing the reactivity of many compounds. Due to steric strain, resonance or delocalisation of electrons may be inhibited (Steric inhibition of resonance or SIR). Again, steric hindrance created at the reaction centre decreases the rate of that reaction or does not even allow the reaction to occur. So, steric hindrance plays a vital role in determining the reactivity of a compound

The acidic character of substituted aromatic acids, phenols and basic character of substituted aromatic amines:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Substituted Aromatic Acids

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Substituted Aromatic Acids.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Substituted Aromatic Acids..

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Organic Reaction Mechanism Summary

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Substituted Aromatic Acids...

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Substituted Aromatic Acids....